Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

neither+more+nor+less

  • 101 halb

    I Adj.
    1. half; halb Deutschland half of Germany; auf halber Höhe halfway (up); halbe Note MUS. minim, Am. half note; halbe Pause MUS. minim (Am. half note) rest; zum halben Preis for half the price, (at) half-price; die halbe Summe half the amount
    2. bei Zeitangaben: half; eine halbe Stunde half an hour, a half hour; halb drei ( Uhr) half past two; fünf nach / vor halb twenty-five to / past
    3. (teilweise, unvollständig) half; mit halbem Herzen half-hearted(ly); er hörte nur mit halbem Ohr zu he was only half listening, he was listening with only half an ear; sie ist nur noch ein halber Mensch she’s only half the woman she was; keine halben Sachen machen not do anything by halves; nur die halbe Wahrheit only half the truth; jemandem auf halbem Wege entgegenkommen meet s.o. halfway; sich auf halbem Wege einigen meet halfway; nichts Halbes und nichts Ganzes neither one thing nor the other, neither fish nor fowl
    4. umg. (fast, so gut wie) half; sie ist ja noch ein halbes Kind she’s still half a child; es dauert eine halbe Ewigkeit it’s taking ages; das weiß schon die halbe Stadt half the town knows it already
    II Adv.
    1. half; halb leer / offen / voll half-empty / -open / -full; halb so viel half as much; die Zeit ist halb vorbei half the time has gone; halb herausfordernd, halb abwehrend half defiant(ly), half defensive(ly); halb Mensch, halb Tier half-human, half-beast; halb und halb mischen etc.: half and half; umg. überzeugen, wollen etc.: more or less; halb und halb machen mit jemandem go halves with s.o.
    2. (teilweise) bekleidet, nackt, verdaut, wach etc.: half-..., präd. half...; flüssig, offiziell etc.: semi-...; halb gar oder durch half-done, underdone, half-cooked; Steak: medium; halb verfault rotting; halb durchsichtig translucent; es war mir nur halb bewusst I was only half aware of it; es ist halb so schlimm oder wild umg. it’s not as bad as all that ( oder as we etc. thought)
    3. bes. umg. half; (fast) auch nearly, almost; (so gut wie) auch virtually; halb blind vor Tränen half blinded by tears; halb tot vor Angst half dead with fear; halb erfroren / verdurstet half frozen / parched; halb verhungert starving; ich bin halb erfroren I’m nearly frozen to death; wir sind da drin halb erstickt we nearly suffocated in there; sich halb totlachen (nearly) kill o.s. laughing; das ist ja halb geschenkt that’s more or less a gift; damit war die Sache schon halb gewonnen that was half the battle; ich wünsche halb, dass... I half wish (that)...; ich dachte mir schon halb... I half suspected, I had a feeling...
    4. Fußball: halblink..., halbrecht... etc.
    * * *
    halfway (Adj.); half (Adj.);
    (bei Nennung der Uhrzeit) half past (Adv.)
    * * *
    hạlb [halp]
    1. adj
    1) (Bruchteil) half; Lehrauftrag etc part-time

    ein halber Kuchen/Meter etc — half a cake/metre (Brit) or meter (US) etc

    der halbe Kuchen/Tag etc — half the cake/day etc

    ein halbes Jahr — six months pl, half a year

    auf halber Höhe — at half the normal height; (zum Gipfel) halfway up

    auf halbem Wege, auf halber Strecke (lit) — halfway; (fig) halfway through

    jdm auf halbem Weg entgegenkommen (fig) — to meet sb halfway

    das halbe Hundert — fifty, half a hundred (old)

    zum halben Preis — (at) half price

    Kleid mit halbem Arm — dress with half-length sleeves

    2) (MUS)

    eine halbe Note — a minim (Brit), a half-note (US)

    halbe Pause — minim (Brit) or half-note (US) rest

    3) inv

    (Uhrzeit) halb zehn — half past nine

    fünf Minuten vor/nach halb zwei — twenty-five (minutes) past one/to two

    4) inv, no art

    (bei geografischen Namen) halb Deutschland/London — half of Germany/London

    5) (= teilweise, stückhaft) Maßnahmen half; Reformen partial; (= vermindert) Tempo half; Lächeln slight; Licht poor

    halbe Arbeit leisten — to do a bad job

    ein halber Mensch/eine halbe Frau sein, sich nur wie ein halber Mensch/eine halbe Frau fühlen — not to feel like a complete person/woman

    6) (inf)

    (= große Anzahl, großer Teil) die halbe Stadt/Welt/Arbeit — half the town/world/work

    ein halber Elektriker/Mechaniker — something of an electrician/mechanic

    (noch) ein halbes Kind sein — to be hardly or scarcely more than a child

    2. adv
    1) (= zur Hälfte) half

    halb gar — half-cooked, half-done; (fig) Idee half-baked

    halb links (Sport, spielen) — (at) inside left; (im Theater) sitzen left of centre (Brit) or center (US)

    das Auto kam von halb links — the car came from a/the left fork

    halb linke(r, s) (Sport) — inside left

    die halb linke Abzweigung/Straße — the left fork

    halb rechte(r, s) (Sport) — inside right

    die halb rechte Abzweigung/Straße — the right fork

    halb rechts (Sport, spielen) — (at) inside right; (im Theater) sitzen right of centre (Brit) or center (US)

    das Auto kam von halb rechts — the car came from a/the right fork

    halb rechts/links abzweigen (Straße, Fahrer) — to fork ( off) to the right/left, to turn half right/left

    halb voll — half-filled; Behälter auch half-full

    2) (= nicht ganz, teilweise) half

    halb offen — half-open; Gefängnis open

    halb verdaut (lit, fig) — half-digested

    halb so gut — half as good

    ich hörte nur halb zu — I was only half listening

    das ist halb so schlimm — it's not as bad as all that; (Zukünftiges) that won't be too bad

    er weiß alles nur halb — he only knows about things superficially

    3) (= fast vollständig) almost, nearly; blind, roh half

    halb fertig — half-finished; (Ind) semi-finished; (fig) immature

    halb nackt — half-naked; Arm half-covered

    halb tot (lit) — half dead

    See:
    → frisch
    4)

    halb lachend, halb weinend — half laughing, half crying

    halb Mensch, halb Pferd — half or part man, half or part horse

    Wein oder Sprudel? – halb und halb — wine or mineral water? – half and half

    5)

    mit jdm halbe-halbe machen (inf) — to go halves with sb (Brit), to go 50/50 with sb

    gefällt es dir? – halb und halb — do you like it? – sort of (inf) or so-so (inf)

    * * *
    1) (being (equal to) one of two equal parts (of something): a half bottle of wine.) half
    2) (being made up of two things in equal parts: A centaur is a mythical creature, half man and half horse.) half
    3) (not full or complete: a half smile.) half
    4) (to the extent of one half: This cup is only half full; It's half empty.) half
    * * *
    [halp]
    I. adj
    wir haben den \halben Weg hinter uns we have already done half of the way
    Kinder und Pensionisten zahlen den halben Preis children and old-age pensioners pay half-price
    ein \halbes Brot half a loaf [of bread]
    mit \halber Geschwindigkeit at half speed
    \halbe Note minim
    zum \halben Preis at half-price
    \halber Ton semitone
    sich akk auf \halbem Weg treffen (a. fig) to meet halfway
    2. (bei Zahlen und Maßen) half
    fünf und ein \halbes Prozent five and a half percent
    ein \halbes Dutzend half a dozen
    ein \halber Liter half a litre [or AM liter]
    ein \halber Meter half a metre [or AM meter
    es ist genau \halb sieben it is exactly half past six
    es hat \halb geschlagen the clock has struck half past [or the half-hour]
    eine \halbe Stunde half an hour
    zehn Minuten nach/vor \halb twenty minutes to/past
    4. kein art (ein Großteil von etw)
    ▪ \halb... half of...
    \halb Irland/Österreich/etc. half of Ireland/Austria/etc.
    ▪ der/die/das \halbe... half the...
    das \halbe Dorf half of the village
    5. (fig: unvollständig, teilweise) half
    er hat nur \halbe Arbeit geleistet he has only done half of the job
    eine \halbe Ewigkeit half an eternity
    mit \halber Kraft voraus! half speed ahead!
    mit \halbem Herzen half-heartedly
    \halbe Maßnahmen half-hearted measures
    mit \halbem Ohr zuhören to listen with half an ear
    \halbe Sachen machen to do something by halves
    die \halbe Wahrheit half the truth
    6. (fam: fast) something of
    du bist ja ein \halber Elektriker you're something of an electrician
    er ist ja noch ein \halbes Kind he is still half a child
    sie ist nur noch \halb sie selbst she is only a shadow of what she once was
    \halbe Portion (pej) sandwich short of a picnic
    7.
    ▶ nichts H\halbes und nichts Ganzes (fam) neither one thing nor the other
    II. adv
    1. vor vb (zur Hälfte) half
    \halb..., \halb... half..., half...
    diese Nachricht quittierte sie \halb lachend, \halb weinend she took this news half laughing, half crying
    etw nur \halb machen to only half-do sth
    er hat die Arbeit nur \halb getan he only did half of the job
    \halb so... sein wie to be half as...
    er ist nicht \halb so schlau wie sein Vorgänger he's not nearly as crafty as his predecessor
    2. vor adj, adv (teilweise) half
    ▪ nur \halb only half
    ich habe nur \halb verstanden, was sie sagte I only half understood what she said
    die Straße biegt hier \halb rechts ab the street forks off to the right here
    \halb blind half blind
    \halb durch/gar KOCHK half-done
    \halb fest half solid
    \halb leer/voll half-empty/full
    \halb nackt half-naked
    \halb offen half-open
    \halb tot (fam) half-dead
    \halb wach half-awake
    3. (fast) nearly
    sie hat schon \halb zugestimmt she has nearly agreed
    mit \halb erstickter Stimme sprechen to be hardly able to speak
    \halb fertig nearly finished
    sich akk \halb totlachen to nearly kill oneself laughing
    \halb verdurstet/verhungert to be nearly dying of thirst/hunger
    4.
    ▶ [mit jdm] \halb und \halb [o \halbe- \halbe] machen (fam) to go halves with sb
    ▶ das ist \halb so schlimm it's not that bad
    ▶ \halb und \halb (fam) sort of
    * * *
    1.
    Adjektiv u. Bruchz
    1) half

    eine halbe Stunde/ein halber Meter/ein halbes Glas — half an hour/a metre/a glass

    zum halben Preis — [at] half price

    halb Europa/die halbe Welt — half of Europe/half the world

    5 Minuten vor/nach halb — 25 [minutes] past/to; s. auch Weg 4)

    die halbe Wahrheit — half [of] or part of the truth

    nichts Halbes und nichts Ganzes [sein] — [be] neither one thing nor the other

    [noch] ein halbes Kind sein — be hardly or scarcely more than a child

    2.
    1)

    halb voll/leer — half-full/-empty

    halb lachend, halb weinend — half laughing, half crying

    halb gar/angezogen/wach/offen/fertig — half-done or -cooked/half dressed/half-awake/half-open/half-finished

    halb links/rechts — (Fußball) [at] inside left/right

    halb blind/verhungert/tot — half blind/starved/dead

    halb und halb — (ugs.) more or less

    * * *
    A. adj
    1. half;
    halb Deutschland half of Germany;
    auf halber Höhe halfway (up);
    halbe Note MUS minim, US half note;
    halbe Pause MUS minim (US half note) rest;
    zum halben Preis for half the price, (at) half-price;
    die halbe Summe half the amount
    2. bei Zeitangaben: half;
    eine halbe Stunde half an hour, a half hour;
    halb drei (Uhr) half past two;
    fünf nach/vor halb twenty-five to/past
    3. (teilweise, unvollständig) half;
    mit halbem Herzen half-hearted(ly);
    er hörte nur mit halbem Ohr zu he was only half listening, he was listening with only half an ear;
    sie ist nur noch ein halber Mensch she’s only half the woman she was;
    keine halben Sachen machen not do anything by halves;
    nur die halbe Wahrheit only half the truth;
    nichts Halbes und nichts Ganzes neither one thing nor the other, neither fish nor fowl
    4. umg (fast, so gut wie) half;
    sie ist ja noch ein halbes Kind she’s still half a child;
    es dauert eine halbe Ewigkeit it’s taking ages;
    das weiß schon die halbe Stadt half the town knows it already
    B. adv
    1. half;
    halb leer/offen/voll half-empty/-open/-full;
    halb so viel half as much;
    die Zeit ist halb vorbei half the time has gone;
    halb herausfordernd, halb abwehrend half defiant(ly), half defensive(ly);
    halb Mensch, halb Tier half-human, half-beast;
    halb und halb mischen etc: half and half; umg überzeugen, wollen etc: more or less;
    2. (teilweise) bekleidet, nackt, verdaut, wach etc: half-…, präd half …; flüssig etc: semi-…;
    halb automatisch semi-automatic;
    halb fertig half-done, half-finished; TECH semi-finished; fig Person: half-baked;
    halb links/rechts spielen play inside left/right;
    durch half-done, underdone, half-cooked; Steak: medium;
    halb verfault rotting;
    halb durchsichtig translucent;
    es war mir nur halb bewusst I was only half aware of it;
    wild umg it’s not as bad as all that ( oder as we etc thought)
    3. besonders umg half; (fast) auch nearly, almost; (so gut wie) auch virtually;
    halb blind nearly blind, partially blind;
    halb blind vor Tränen half blinded by tears;
    halb tot vor Angst half dead with fear;
    halb erfroren/verdurstet half frozen/parched;
    halb erhaben (in) half relief;
    halb erwachsen almost grown-up;
    halb erwachsene Kinder auch teenage children;
    halb reif half-ripe;
    halb verhungert starving;
    ich bin halb erfroren I’m nearly frozen to death;
    wir sind da drin halb erstickt we nearly suffocated in there;
    sich halb totlachen (nearly) kill o.s. laughing;
    das ist ja halb geschenkt that’s more or less a gift;
    damit war die Sache schon halb gewonnen that was half the battle;
    ich wünsche halb, dass … I half wish (that) …;
    ich dachte mir schon halb … I half suspected, I had a feeling …
    4. Fußball: → halblink…, halbrecht… etc
    * * *
    1.
    Adjektiv u. Bruchz
    1) half

    eine halbe Stunde/ein halber Meter/ein halbes Glas — half an hour/a metre/a glass

    zum halben Preis — [at] half price

    halb Europa/die halbe Welt — half of Europe/half the world

    5 Minuten vor/nach halb — 25 [minutes] past/to; s. auch Weg 4)

    2) (unvollständig, vermindert)

    die halbe Wahrheit — half [of] or part of the truth

    nichts Halbes und nichts Ganzes [sein] — [be] neither one thing nor the other

    [noch] ein halbes Kind sein — be hardly or scarcely more than a child

    2.
    1)

    halb voll/leer — half-full/-empty

    halb lachend, halb weinend — half laughing, half crying

    halb gar/angezogen/wach/offen/fertig — half-done or -cooked/half dressed/half-awake/half-open/half-finished

    halb links/rechts — (Fußball) [at] inside left/right

    halb blind/verhungert/tot — half blind/starved/dead

    halb und halb — (ugs.) more or less

    * * *
    adj.
    half adj.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > halb

  • 102 ni

    ni [ni]
    • il ne veut pas, ni moi non plus he doesn't want to and neither do I
    ► ni... ni... neither... nor...
    • elle est secrétaire, ni plus ni moins she's just a secretary, no more no less
    * * *
    ni
    Note: On observe que le français et l'anglais fonctionnent de la même façon: il ne jure ni ne se met en colère = he doesn't swear or lose his temper; ni il jure ni il se met en colère = he neither swears nor loses his temper; elle ne veut pas le voir ni lui parler = she doesn't wish to see him or talk to him; elle ne veut ni le voir ni lui parler = she neither wishes to see him nor talk to him

    elle ne veut ni ne peut changer — she doesn't want to change, nor can she

    il ne parle ni anglais, ni allemand, ni espagnol — he speaks neither English, nor German, nor Spanish

    ••

    faire quelque chose ni vu ni connu — (colloq) to do something on the sly (colloq)

    c'est ni fait ni à faire — (colloq) it's a botched (colloq) job

    il n'a fait ni une ni deux — (colloq) he didn't have a second's hesitation

    * * *
    ni conj

    ni... ni... — neither... nor...

    Je n'aime ni les lentilles ni les épinards. — I like neither lentils nor spinach.

    ni l'un ni l'autre ne sont; ni l'un ni l'autre n'est — neither one nor the other is

    Elles ne sont venues ni l'une ni l'autre. — Neither of them came.

    Il n'a rien dit ni fait. — He hasn't said or done anything.

    * * *
    ni conj
    ❢ On observe que le français et l'anglais fonctionnent de la même façon: il ne jure ni ne se met en colère = he doesn't swear or lose his temper; ni il jure ni il se met en colère = he neither swears nor loses his temper; elle ne veut pas le voir ni lui parler = she doesn't wish to see him or to talk to him; elle ne veut ni le voir ni lui parler = she neither wishes to see him nor to talk to him.il ne lui a pas offert de cadeau, ni même envoyé de carte d'anniversaire he didn't give her a present or even send her a birthday card; il ne pouvait pas venir chez moi ni moi aller chez lui he couldn't come to my house nor could I go to his house; jamais il n'écrit ni ne téléphone he never writes or phones; rien ni personne ne le convaincra nothing or nobody will convince him; il est sorti sans parapluie ni imperméable he went out without an umbrella or a raincoat; elle ne veut ni ne peut changer she doesn't want to change, nor can she; il n'est ni beau ni laid he's neither handsome nor ugly; ni les menaces ni les promesses ne le feront changer d'avis neither threats nor promises will make him change his mind; il ne parle ni anglais, ni allemand, ni espagnol he speaks neither English, nor German, nor Spanish; il n'a ni le temps ni l'argent pour ce genre d'activité he has neither the time nor the money for that sort of thing; ni l'un ni l'autre neither one nor the other, neither of them; ni elle ni moi ne connaissons la réponse neither she nor I know the answer; il ne m'a dit ni oui ni non he didn't say yes or no; ni dans un sens ni dans l'autre in neither direction; ni plus ni moins no more and no less; ⇒ foi, trompette.
    faire qch ni vu ni connu○ to do sth on the sly○; c'est ni fait ni à faire○ it's a botched○ job; il n'a fait ni une ni deux○ he didn't hesitate for a second.
    [ni] conjonction
    je ne peux ni ne veux venir I can't come and I don't want to either, I can't come, nor do I want to
    il ne veut pas qu'on l'appelle, ni même qu'on lui écrive he doesn't want anyone to phone him or even to write to him
    ————————
    ni... ni locution correlative
    neither... nor
    il n'est ni plus sot, ni plus paresseux qu'un autre he's no more silly or lazy than the next man

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > ni

  • 103 nicht

    Adv.
    1. not; er trinkt nicht allgemein: he doesn’t drink; im Moment: he’s not drinking; ich ging nicht I didn’t go; nicht füttern! (please) do not feed; willst du oder nicht? do you want to or not?; kommst du? - nein, ich komme nicht are you coming? - no, I’m not; ich nicht not me; der Apparat wollte nicht funktionieren wouldn’t work; gar nicht not at all; das wollte ich doch gar nicht that’s not what I wanted (at all), but I didn’t want that; nicht doch! (lass das!) don’t!, stop it!; ( bitte) nicht! (please) don’t!; nicht einmal not even; nicht einer hat geholfen no one helped; alle lachten, nur sie nicht everyone laughed except for her; nur das nicht! anything but that!; nicht dass ich wüsste not that I know of; nicht dass es mich überrascht hätte not that I was surprised; nicht, dass ich keine Lust hätte, ich darf nicht it’s not that I don’t want to, I’m not allowed to; ich glaube nicht I don’t think so, ich glaube nicht, dass... I don’t think (that)...; ich kenne ihn auch nicht I don’t know him either; sie sah es nicht, und ich auch nicht and nor ( oder neither) did I; du kennst ihn nicht? - ich auch nicht nor do I; dann eben nicht don’t, then; auch iro. nobody’s forcing you
    2. umg., vor einem Adj. mit negativer Bedeutung das Gegenteil ausdrückend: sie spielt nicht übel she plays quite well, Am. she doesn’t play badly; das ist nicht ungeschickt gemacht that’s quite cleverly done, Am. that’s not half bad; das war gar nicht (so) dumm von dir that was very clever (Am. that wasn’t so stupid) of you
    3. Verwunderung ausdrückend: was du nicht sagst! you don’t say!; was es nicht alles gibt! well I never!
    4. zustimmende Antwort erwartend: kommst du nicht mit? you are coming, aren’t you?; meinst du nicht auch? don’t you think?; ist es nicht herrlich hier? isn’t it lovely here; er ist krank, nicht wahr? he’s ill, isn’t he?; du tust es, nicht wahr? you 'will do it, won’t you?; du kennst ihn, nicht ( wahr)? you know him, don’t you?
    5. vor Komp.: no; z.B. nicht besser no better; nicht mehr no longer, not... any more
    6. oft auch in...; nicht ratsam inadvisable
    7. oft auch non-..., Am. non...; nicht abtrennbar non-detachable
    8. oft auch un...; nicht gefärbt uncolo(u)red
    * * *
    not
    * * *
    nịcht [nɪçt]
    adv
    1) (Verneinung) not

    nicht flüchtig (Chem, Comput) — non-volatile

    nicht öffentlich — not open to the public, private

    nicht öffentliche Sitzung/Konferenz — meeting/conference in camera (Jur) or behind closed doors

    nicht organisiert (Arbeiter) — non-organized, non-union(ized)

    nicht rostend — rustproof, non-rust; (Stahl) stainless

    er raucht nicht (augenblicklich) — he is not or isn't smoking; (gewöhnlich) he does not or doesn't smoke

    alle lachten, nur er nicht — everybody laughed except him, everybody laughed, only he didn't

    kommst du? – nein, ich komme nicht — are you coming? – no, I'm not ( coming)

    ich weiß auch nicht, warum — I really don't know why

    ich kann das nicht – ich auch nicht — I can't do it – neither or nor can I

    nicht ihn meinte ich, sondern sie — I didn't mean him, I meant her, it's not him I meant but her

    er nicht! — not him, not he (form)

    nicht ( ein)mal — not even

    2)

    (Bitte, Gebot, Verbot) nicht berühren! — do not touch; (gesprochen) don't touch

    ärgere dich nicht! — don't be angry, do not be angry (often liter)

    nicht! — don't!, no!

    nicht doch! — stop it!, don't!

    3)

    (rhetorisch) er kommt, nicht (wahr)? — he's coming, isn't he or is he not (esp Brit)?

    sie kommen, nicht (wahr)? — they're coming, aren't they or are they not (esp Brit)?

    er kommt nicht, nicht wahr? — he isn't coming, is he?

    ich darf kommen, nicht (wahr)? — I can come, can't I or can I?

    das ist schön, nicht (wahr)? — it's nice, isn't it?

    jetzt wollen wir Schluss machen, nicht? — let's leave it now, right or OK?

    4)

    (doppelte Verneinung) nicht uninteressant/unschön etc — not uninteresting/unattractive etc

    5)

    (Verwunderung, Resignation etc) was die Kinder nicht alles wissen! — the things children know about!

    * * *
    1) (not (any): He is no better at golf than swimming; He went as far as the shop and no further.) no
    2) ((often abbreviated to n't) a word used for denying, forbidding, refusing, or expressing the opposite of something: I did not see him; I didn't see him; He isn't here; Isn't he coming?; They told me not to go; Not a single person came to the party; We're going to London, not Paris; That's not true!) not
    3) (used with certain verbs such as hope, seem, believe, expect and also with be afraid: `Have you got much money?' `I'm afraid not'; `Is he going to fail his exam?' `I hope not'.) not
    * * *
    [nɪçt]
    I. adv
    ich weiß \nicht I don't know
    ich bin es \nicht gewesen it wasn't me
    nein, danke, ich rauche \nicht no thank you, I don't smoke
    alle rauchten, nur sie \nicht everybody was smoking, only she didn't [or except for her]
    wer hat das getan? — ich \nicht! who did that? — it wasn't me!
    kommst du? — nein, ich komme \nicht are you coming? — no, I'm not [coming]
    ich mag sie \nicht — ich auch \nicht I don't like her — neither [or nor] do I
    ich weiß auch \nicht, warum I really don't know why
    \nicht dich habe ich gemeint, sondern ihn I didn't mean you, I meant him, it's not you I meant but him
    jedes andere Hemd, aber das bitte \nicht any other shirt, just not that one
    \nicht, dass ich \nicht will, ich habe nur keine Zeit [it's] not that I don't want to, I just don't have the time
    \nicht... sein to not be...
    das war aber \nicht nett von dir! that wasn't very nice of you!
    das ist überhaupt \nicht schlimm! it's not as bad as all that!
    heute ist es \nicht so kalt/warm wie gestern it's not as cold/warm today as yesterday
    \nicht [ein]mal not even
    \nicht heute und \nicht morgen neither today nor tomorrow
    \nicht mehr [o länger] not any longer
    ich kann das \nicht mehr sehen! I can't stand the sight of it any more!
    \nicht mehr als no more than
    \nicht mehr und \nicht weniger als no more and no less than
    2. (vor Adjektiv zur Verneinung)
    \nicht amtlich unofficial
    \nicht euklidische Geometrie MATH non-Euclidean geometry
    \nicht leitend PHYS non-conducting
    \nicht linear MATH non-linear
    \nicht öffentlich attr not open to the public pred
    \nicht rostend non-rusting
    etw \nicht Zutreffendes sth incorrect [or untrue]
    \nicht Zutreffendes [bitte] streichen! [please] delete as applicable [or appropriate
    3. (verneinende Aufforderung) do not, don't
    \nicht! don't!, stop it!, no!
    \nicht berühren! don't touch, do not touch form
    \nicht hinauslehnen! (im Zug) do not lean out of the window
    \nicht rauchen! no smoking
    halt, \nicht weiterfahren! stop, do not proceed any further!
    ärgere dich \nicht! don't be angry!
    tu's \nicht! don't do it!
    bitte \nicht! please don't!
    \nicht doch! stop it!, don't!
    \nicht doch, \nicht weinen! it's all right, don't cry!
    nur das \nicht! anything but that!
    was... \nicht the things...
    was man sich heute \nicht alles bieten lassen muss! the things one has to put up with these days!
    was du \nicht sagst! you don't say!
    \nicht uninteressant/unschön not uninteresting/unattractive
    \nicht übel! not bad!
    er ist \nicht dumm! he's not stupid!
    II. part
    1. (rhetorisch) isn't that right
    sie ist deine Schwester, \nicht? she's your sister, isn't she?
    er schuldet dir doch noch Geld, \nicht? he still owes you money, doesn't he?
    sie kommt, \nicht [wahr]? she's coming, isn't she?
    sie kommt \nicht, \nicht wahr? she isn't coming, is she?
    das ist eine gute Idee, \nicht [wahr]? it's a good idea, isn't it?
    jetzt wollen wir mal gehen, \nicht? let's leave now, right [or fam OK]?
    2. (wohl) not
    kannst du mir \nicht 1.000 Euro leihen? could you not lend me 1,000 euros?
    kommst du etwa \nicht? aren't you coming, then?
    willst du \nicht auch kommen? won't you come too?
    * * *
    1) not

    sie raucht nicht — (im Moment) she is not smoking; (gewöhnlich) she does not or doesn't smoke

    nicht rostend — non-rusting < blade>; stainless < steel>

    alle klatschten, nur sie nicht — they all applauded except for her

    Gehst du hin? - Nein, ich gehe nicht! — Are you going? - No, I'm not

    Ich mag ihn nicht. - Ich auch nicht — I don't like him. - Neither do I

    ich kann das nicht mehr od. länger sehen — I can't stand the sight of it any more or longer

    nicht einmal od. (ugs.) mal — not even

    2) (Bitte, Verbot o. ä. ausdrückend)

    nicht! — [no,] don't!

    ‘nicht hinauslehnen!’ — (im Zug) ‘do not lean out of the window’

    3) (Zustimmung erwartend)

    er ist dein Bruder, nicht? — he's your brother, isn't he?

    du magst das, nicht [wahr]? — you like that, don't you?

    kommst du [etwa] nicht? — aren't you coming[, then]?

    5) ([bedingte] Anerkennung ausdrückend)
    * * *
    nicht adv
    1. not;
    er trinkt nicht allgemein: he doesn’t drink; im Moment: he’s not drinking;
    ich ging nicht I didn’t go;
    nicht füttern! (please) do not feed;
    willst du oder nicht? do you want to or not?;
    kommst du? – nein, ich komme nicht are you coming? - no, I’m not;
    ich nicht not me;
    wollte nicht funktionieren wouldn’t work;
    gar nicht not at all;
    das wollte ich doch gar nicht that’s not what I wanted (at all), but I didn’t want that;
    nicht doch! (lass das!) don’t!, stop it!;
    (bitte) nicht! (please) don’t!;
    nicht einmal not even;
    nicht einer hat geholfen no one helped;
    alle lachten, nur sie nicht everyone laughed except for her;
    nur das nicht! anything but that!;
    nicht dass ich wüsste not that I know of;
    nicht dass es mich überrascht hätte not that I was surprised;
    nicht, dass ich keine Lust hätte, ich darf nicht it’s not that I don’t want to, I’m not allowed to;
    ich glaube nicht I don’t think so,
    ich glaube nicht, dass … I don’t think (that) …;
    ich kenne ihn auch nicht I don’t know him either; sie sah es nicht,
    und ich auch nicht and nor ( oder neither) did I;
    du kennst ihn nicht? -
    ich auch nicht nor do I;
    dann eben nicht don’t, then; auch iron nobody’s forcing you
    2. umg, vor einem adj mit negativer Bedeutung das Gegenteil ausdrückend:
    sie spielt nicht übel she plays quite well, US she doesn’t play badly;
    das ist nicht ungeschickt gemacht that’s quite cleverly done, US that’s not half bad;
    das war gar nicht (so) dumm von dir that was very clever (US that wasn’t so stupid) of you
    was du nicht sagst! you don’t say!;
    was es nicht alles gibt! well I never!
    kommst du nicht mit? you are coming, aren’t you?;
    meinst du nicht auch? don’t you think?;
    ist es nicht herrlich hier? isn’t it lovely here;
    er ist krank, nicht wahr? he’s ill, isn’t he?;
    du tust es, nicht wahr? you 'will do it, won’t you?;
    du kennst ihn, nicht (wahr)? you know him, don’t you?
    5. vor komp: no;
    z. B.
    nicht besser no better;
    nicht mehr no longer, not … any more
    6. oft auch in…;
    nicht ratsam inadvisable;
    7. oft auch non-…, US non…;
    nicht abtrennbar non-detachable;
    nicht berufstätig non-employed;
    nicht Berufstätige non-employed person;
    nicht christlich non-Christian;
    nicht druckend Zeichen: nonprinting;
    nicht existent nonexistent;
    nicht kommunistisch non-Communist;
    nicht staatlich non governmental; (privat) private
    8. oft auch un…;
    nicht gefärbt uncolo(u)red;
    nicht amtlich unofficial, non-official
    9.
    nicht adelig common;
    nicht Adelige commoner;
    nicht ehelich Kind: illegitimate;
    nicht Geschäftsfähige JUR incompetent party;
    nicht öffentliche Sitzung JUR session in camera;
    * * *
    1) not

    sie raucht nicht — (im Moment) she is not smoking; (gewöhnlich) she does not or doesn't smoke

    nicht rostend — non-rusting < blade>; stainless < steel>

    alle klatschten, nur sie nicht — they all applauded except for her

    Gehst du hin? - Nein, ich gehe nicht! — Are you going? - No, I'm not

    Ich mag ihn nicht. - Ich auch nicht — I don't like him. - Neither do I

    ich kann das nicht mehr od. länger sehen — I can't stand the sight of it any more or longer

    nicht einmal od. (ugs.) mal — not even

    2) (Bitte, Verbot o. ä. ausdrückend)

    nicht! — [no,] don't!

    ‘nicht hinauslehnen!’ — (im Zug) ‘do not lean out of the window’

    er ist dein Bruder, nicht? — he's your brother, isn't he?

    du magst das, nicht [wahr]? — you like that, don't you?

    kommst du [etwa] nicht? — aren't you coming[, then]?

    5) ([bedingte] Anerkennung ausdrückend)
    * * *
    adj.
    no adj. adv.
    non- prefix
    not adv.
    un- prefix

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > nicht

  • 104 ni

    książk. Ⅰ conj. ni… ni neither… nor
    - nie mam czasu ni pieniędzy I have neither the time nor the money
    - on nie mówi ni po polsku, ni po rosyjsku he speaks neither Polish nor Russian
    - ni w nocy, ni we dnie neither at night nor during the day
    - ni to liberał, ni (to) konserwatysta a cross between a liberal and a conservatist
    - odezwała się do niego ni to po polsku, ni (to) po rosyjsku she addressed him in a language that was something between Polish and Russian
    - okrzyk ni to grozy, ni to zdumienia a cry of half horror, half astonishment
    - ni mniej, ni więcej, tylko… no less (than…), nothing more (n)or less than…
    - posądzono go ni mniej, ni więcej, tylko o kradzież he was accused of stealing, no less
    Ⅱ part. not a (single)
    - ni śladu not a trace
    - nie odezwał się ni słowem he didn’t say a (single) word
    - ni chwili dłużej not a moment longer
    - ni razu not even once
    * * *
    conj

    ni... ni... — neither... nor...

    ni stąd, ni zowąd — out of the blue

    ni mniej, ni więcej, tylko prezydent — the President, no less

    * * *
    ni
    conj.
    nor; ni... ni... neither... nor...; ni stąd, ni zowąd out of the blue, for no reason (whatsoever); ni z tego, ni z owego out of the blue; ni mniej, ni więcej no less than; ni pies, ni wydra neither fish nor flesh; ni w pięć, ni w dziewięć without any sense whatsoever; ni cholery! pot. for the life of me!; por. ani.

    The New English-Polish, Polish-English Kościuszko foundation dictionary > ni

  • 105 ani

    Ⅰ conj. nor, neither; (z innym przeczeniem) or, either
    - ani … ani neither … nor; (z innym przeczeniem) either … or
    - nie mówię ani po hiszpańsku, ani po włosku I can’t speak (either) Spanish or Italian, I can speak neither Spanish nor Italian
    - klucza nie było ani w jednej, ani w drugiej szufladzie the key wasn’t in either of the drawers
    - nie było żadnych wieści ani od brata, ani od siostry there was no news, either from the brother or from the sister
    - nie zadzwonił ani nie napisał he didn’t call, and he didn’t write(either)
    - ani to ładne, ani potrzebne it’s neither pretty nor useful
    - rzecznik rządu ani nie potwierdził, ani nie zdementował tej informacji the government spokesman neither confirmed nor denied this information
    - pogoda jest w sam raz, ani za gorąco, ani za zimno the weather is just right, neither too hot nor too cold
    - należeć do takiej organizacji to ani zaszczyt, ani przywilej belonging to such an organization is neither an honour nor a privilege
    - „nie idę z nimi” – „ani ja” ‘I’m not going with them’ – ‘neither am I’ a. ‘me neither’ pot.
    - nie mam czasu ani pieniędzy I don’t have the time or the money
    - nie lubię ani ptaków, ani kotów, ani psów I don’t like birds, (or) cats, or dogs
    - potrząśnij pięć razy, ani więcej, ani mniej shake it five times – no more and no less
    Ⅱ part. 1. (przed rzeczownikiem) not a, not a single
    - ani śladu not a trace
    - ani źdźbła prawdy not a grain of truth
    - ani krzty przesady no exaggeration at all a. whatsoever
    - ani żywego ducha not a (living) soul
    - ani trochę not (even) a bit
    - ani razu not (even) once
    - ani przez chwilę się nie zawahał he didn’t hesitate for a moment
    - nie uwierzył w ani jedno jej słowo he didn’t believe a single word she said
    - nie przepuścił ani jednej zabawy he didn’t miss a single dance
    - nie wypił ani kropli he didn’t have a (single) drop to drink
    2. (przed czasownikiem) not even, not as much as
    - śruba ani drgnęła the screw didn’t even budge
    - ani pisnął there wasn’t so much as a squeak out of him
    - ani się spostrzeżesz a. obejrzysz, będzie po wszystkim it’ll be over in no time at all a. before you can say Jack Robinson pot.
    - ani się spostrzeżesz, przyjdzie wiosna spring will be before you even know it a. in no time (at all)
    - ani się spodziewał, że będzie miał gości he had no idea he’d be having visitors
    - ani myślę a. ani mi się śni! like hell I will! pot.
    - ani myślę ustąpić I haven’t the slightest intention of giving way
    - ani mi się waż! don’t you dare!, don’t even think about it!
    - (on) ani się umywa do swojego brata he’s nowhere near his brother; he’s not a patch on his brother GB pot.
    Ⅲ ani, ani pot. 1. (nic) włożył klucz do zamka, ale potem ani, ani he put the key in the keyhole, but that was as far as he got
    - wszedł na mównicę, założył okulary, a dalej już ani, ani he climbed the podium, put his glasses on, but not a single word came out
    2. (w odpowiedzi) not at all, not a bit
    - „dostałeś pieniądze?” – „ani, ani” ‘did you get the money?’ – ‘not a penny’
    - „nie zacząłeś jeszcze czytać tej książki?” – „ani, ani” ‘haven’t you started reading that book yet?’ – ‘not a page’
    * * *
    1. conj
    nor, neither; ( z innym wyrazem przeczącym) or, either

    ani... ani... — neither... nor...; ( z innym wyrazem przeczącym) either... or...

    2. part
    not a (single); ( z innym wyrazem przeczącym) a (single)

    ani chybi — most certainly, without fail

    ani jeden — not a single one, none

    ani mi się śni! — pot no way! (pot)

    ani mi się waż! — pot don't you dare! (pot)

    * * *
    conj.
    ( łączy części zdania w zdaniu zaprzeczonym lub zdania zaprzeczone) ani... ani... ( bez wyrazu przeczącego) neither... nor...; ( po wyrazie przeczącym) either... or...; nie mogę ruszyć ani ręką, ani nogą I can't move a muscle; ani widu, ani słychu not a trace; neither hide nor hair; ani be, ani me pot. not a single word; ani mnie to ziębi, ani parzy pot. I don't care; it leaves me cold.
    part.
    ( wzmocniona partykuła przecząca) ( bez wyrazu przeczącego) not a; ( z wyrazem przeczącym) a; ani ani in no circumstances; ani cienia dowodu not a shred of evidence; ani cienia nadziei/zainteresowania not a glimmer of hope/interest; ani krzty not a bit; ani mowy o czymś sth is out of the question; ani mru mru not a word; keep your mouth shut; ani myśleć o czymś not even think about sth; ani mu/mi to w głowie he/I won't even think about it; ani mu/mi się śni never in his/my life; not on your life; ani na jotę not one iota; not one jot; not one whit; (pieniędzy) ani na lekarstwo no (money) at all; ani pary z ust/z gęby nie puścić not say a word; keep one's mouth shut; ani pisnąć keep one's mouth shut; (bez tego) ani rusz we can't l. won't do without it; ani się spostrzeże(sz)/obejrzy(sz) in no time; ani słowa not a word; ani słowa! button your lip; ani trochę not a bit; ani w ząb nie rozumiem I don't understand at all; ani za grosz not a bit; ani znaku/śladu czegoś neither hide nor hair; ani żywej duszy/żywego ducha not a soul; ani chybi pot. for sure; most certainly; without fail; ani się umywa do czegoś pot. it isn't anywhere near as good as sth.

    The New English-Polish, Polish-English Kościuszko foundation dictionary > ani

  • 106 né cong

    [ne]

    né... né... — neither... nor...

    non parla né l'italiano né il tedesco — he speaks neither Italian nor German, he doesn't speak either Italian or German

    né l'uno né l'altro — neither of them, neither the one nor the other

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > né cong

  • 107 né

    cong [ne]

    né... né... — neither... nor...

    non parla né l'italiano né il tedesco — he speaks neither Italian nor German, he doesn't speak either Italian or German

    né l'uno né l'altro — neither of them, neither the one nor the other

    Nuovo dizionario Italiano-Inglese > né

  • 108 autre

    autre [otʀ]
    1. indefinite adjective
       a. other
    • autre chose, Madame ? anything else, madam?
       b. (avec pron pers) nous autres, on est prudents (inf) WE'RE careful
    • taisez-vous, vous autres (inf) be quiet, you lot (inf) (Brit)
       c. ► autre chose
    • ah autre chose ! j'ai oublié de vous dire que... oh, one more thing! I forgot to tell you that...
    2. indefinite pronoun
       a. ( = qui est différent) another
    • et l'autre, il vient avec nous ? (inf) what about him, is he coming with us?
    • et l'autre qui n'arrête pas de klaxonner ! (inf) and then there's that idiot who keeps blowing his horn!
    • il en a vu d'autres ! he's seen worse!
    • à d'autres ! (inf) a likely story!
       b. ( = qui vient en plus) donnez m'en un autre give me another one
    • qui d'autre ? who else?
    • quoi d'autre ? what else?
    3. masculine noun
    * * *
    Note: Lorsqu'il est adjectif indéfini et employé avec un article défini autre se traduit par other: l'autre rue = the other street
    On notera que un autre se traduit par another en un seul mot
    Les autres emplois de l'adjectif ainsi que le pronom indéfini sont traités ci-dessous
    En revanche l'un... l'autre et ses dérivés sont traités ci-dessous
    otʀ
    1.

    quelque chose/rien d'autre — something/nothing else

    nous autres/vous autres — we/you


    2.
    pronom indéfini

    où sont les autres? — ( choses) where are the other ones?; ( personnes) where are the others?

    certains estiment que c'est juste, d'autres non — some (people) think it's fair, others don't

    elle est pourrie cette pomme, prends-en une autre — this apple is rotten, have another one

    aussi têtus l'un que l'autre — as stubborn as each other, both equally stubborn

    ‘aimez-vous les uns les autres’ — ‘love one another’

    l'un après l'autre, les uns après les autres — one after the other

    à d'autres! — (colloq) pull the other one (it's got bells on (colloq))!, go and tell it to the marines! (colloq) US


    3.
    autre part locution adverbiale somewhere else
    * * *
    otʀ
    1. adj
    1) (= différent) other, different

    Je préférerais un autre verre. — I'd prefer a different glass.

    Prenez d'autres verres. — Take some different glasses., Take some other glasses.

    Je viendrai un autre jour. — I'll come another day., I'll come some other day.

    J'ai d'autres projets. — I've got other plans.

    2) (= supplémentaire)

    un autre... — another...

    une autre... — another...

    Je voudrais un autre verre d'eau. — I'd like another glass of water.

    Il y a une autre difficulté, qui est que... — There's another problem, which is that...

    nous autres — we

    Nous autres, on préfère la Provence. — WE like Provence best.

    Vous autres, vous ne pensez qu'à l'argent. — YOU only think of money., You lot * only think of money.

    2. pron
    1) (= supplémentaire)

    Je t'en apporterai d'autres. — I'll bring you some others.

    2) (= différent)

    Non, pas celui-ci, l'autre. — No, not that one, the other one.

    Les autres sont arrivés plus tard. — The others arrived later.

    se détester l'un l'autre — to hate each other, to hate one another

    se détester les uns les autres — to hate each other, to hate one another

    d'une semaine à l'autre — from one week to the next, (= incessamment) any week now

    d'une minute à l'autre (= de manière imprévisible) — from one minute to the next, from one moment to the next, (= incessamment) any minute now, any moment now

    Nous avons parlé, entre autres, de nos projets de vacances. — We talked about our holiday plans, among other things.

    * * *
    I.
    ❢ Lorsqu'il est adjectif indéfini et employé avec un article défini autre se traduit par other: l'autre rue = the other street. On notera que un autre se traduit par another en un seul mot. Les autres emplois de l'adjectif ainsi que le pronom indéfini sont traités ci-dessous. Les expressions comme entre autres, nul autre, personne d'autre etc se trouvent respectivement à entre, nul, personne etc. De même les expressions telles que comme dit l'autre, en voir d'autres, avoir d'autres chats à fouetter etc se trouvent respectivement sous dire, voir, fouetter etc. En revanche l'un… l'autre et ses dérivés sont traités ci-dessous.
    A adj indéf
    1 ( indiquant la différence) l'autre côté/solution/bout the other side/solution/end; l'autre jour the other day; une autre idée/histoire another idea/story; je ferai ça un autre jour I'll do that some other day; pas d'autre place/solution no other space/solution; il n'y a pas d'autres exemples there aren't any other examples; une (tout) autre conception an altogether ou a completely different design; allumettes, briquets et autres gadgets matches, lighters and other gadgets; bien or beaucoup d'autres problèmes many other problems; quelque chose/rien d'autre something/nothing else; quoi d'autre? what else?; quelqu'un/personne d'autre someone/no-one else; personne d'autre que lui n'aurait accepté no-one but him would have accepted; l'actrice principale n'est autre que la fille du metteur en scène the leading actress is none other than the director's daughter; mon livre préféré n'est autre que la Bible my favouriteGB book is none other than the Bible;
    2 ( supplémentaire) tu veux un autre bonbon? do you want another sweet GB ou candy US?; ils ne veulent pas d'autre enfant, ils ne veulent pas d'autres enfants they don't want another child, they don't want any more children; donnez-moi dix autres timbres give me another ten stamps;
    3 ( différent) different; être autre to be different; l'effet obtenu est tout autre the effect produced is completely different; dans des circonstances autres in ou under other circumstances; un produit autre que l'éther a product other than ether;
    4 ○( après un pronom personnel) nous autres/vous autres we/you; nous autres professeurs/Français we teachers/French.
    B pron indéf
    1 ( indiquant la différence) où sont les autres? ( choses) where are the other ones?; ( personnes) where are the others?; je t'ai pris pour un autre I mistook you for someone else; certains estiment que c'est juste, d'autres non some (people) think it's fair, others don't; elle est pourrie cette pomme, prends-en une autre this apple is rotten, have another one; tu n'en as pas d'autres? haven't you got any others?; penser aux autres to think of others ou other people; je me fiche○ de ce que pensent les autres I don't care what other people think; l'un est souriant l'autre est grognon one is smiling, the other one is grumpy; l'une est pliante mais pas l'autre one is folding, the other one isn't; ce qui amuse l'un agace l'autre what amuses one annoys the other; certains sont ravis d'autres moins some people are thrilled, others less so; aussi têtus l'un que l'autre as stubborn as each other, both equally stubborn; des récits plus vivants les uns que les autres stories each more lively than the one before; loin l'un de l'autre, loin les uns des autres far away from each other, far apart; nous sommes dépendants l'un de l'autre, nous sommes dépendants les uns des autres we're dependent on each other ou one another; ils se respectent les uns les autres they respect each other; ‘aimez-vous les uns les autres’ ‘love one another’; l'un après/devant/derrière l'autre, les uns après/devant/derrière les autres one after/in front of/behind the other; c'est l'un ou l'autre! it's got to be either one or the other!; quand ce n'est pas l'un c'est l'autre if it isn't one of them, it's the other; chez lui c'est tout l'un ou tout l'autre he goes to extremes; ni l'un ni l'autre neither one nor the other, neither of them; il est où l'autre○? where's what's-his-name○ got to?; l'autre il est gonflé○! he's got a nerve, that one!; à d'autres○! pull the other one (it's got bells on○)!, go and tell it to the marines○! US;
    2 ( indiquant un supplément) prends-en un autre si tu aimes ça have another one if you like them; si je peux je t'en apporterai d'autres if I can I'll bring you some more; ils ont deux enfants et n'en veulent pas d'autres they have two children and don't want any more.
    C autre part loc adv somewhere else; ⇒ part.
    II.
    autre nm Philos l'autre the other.
    [otr] déterminant (adjectif indéfini)
    1. [distinct, différent]
    un autre homme another ou a different man
    donnez-moi une autre tasse, celle-ci est ébréchée give me another ou a new cup, this one's chipped
    dans d'autres circonstances... in other circumstances..., had the circumstances been different...
    la vérité est tout autre the truth is quite ou very ou altogether different
    ça c'est une autre histoire ou affaire ou paire de manches (familier) that's something else altogether, that's another story ou kettle of fish (altogether)
    autres temps, autres mœurs other days, other ways
    2. [supplémentaire]
    il nous faut une autre chaise we need one more ou an extra ou another chair
    3. [devenu différent] different
    avec des fines herbes, ça a un tout autre goût! with some fines herbes, it has quite a different taste!
    4. [marquant la supériorité]
    le Japon, ah c'est autre chose! Japan, now that's really something else!
    Marc est bon en maths, mais Jean c'est autre chose! Marc is good at maths, but he's nowhere near as good as Jean!
    5. [restant] other, remaining
    6. [avec les pronoms 'nous' et 'vous']
    nous autres consommateurs... we consumers...
    écoutez-le, vous autres! (familier) listen to him, you lot!
    7. [dans le temps] other
    b. [dans le passé] in days gone by
    8. [en corrélation avec 'l'un']
    ————————
    [otr] pronom
    1. [désignant des personnes]
    un autre someone else, somebody else
    plus que tout autre, tu aurais dû prévoir que... you of all people should have foreseen that...
    tout ou un autre que lui aurait refusé anyone else but him would have refused
    aucun autre, nul autre (soutenu) no one else, nobody else, none other (soutenu)
    personne d'autre no one else, nobody else
    [désignant des choses]
    d'autres other ones, others
    comme dit ou dirait l'autre as they say
    à d'autres! (familier) go on with you!, come off it!
    2. [en corrélation avec 'l'un']
    l'une chante, l'autre danse one sings, the other dances
    l'un ou l'autre (either) one or the other, either one
    ils marchaient l'un derrière l'autre/l'un à côté de l'autre they were walking one behind the other/side by side
    les uns le détestent, les autres l'adorent he's loathed by some, loved by others
    vous êtes des brutes les uns comme les autres! you're (nothing but) beasts, all of you!
    l'un dans l'autre all in all, at the end of the day
    ————————
    [otr] nom masculin

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > autre

  • 109 AF

    of
    * * *
    prep. w. dat.
    I. Of place:
    1) off, from;
    G. hljóp af hesti sínum, G. jumped off his horse;
    ganga af mótinu, to go away from the meeting;
    Flosi kastaði af sér skikkjunni, threw off his cloak;
    Gizzur gekk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from the south-west;
    hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he had taken off his shoes;
    Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off;
    tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms;
    bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus;
    hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession;
    vil ek þú vinnir af þér skuldina, work off the debt;
    muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand;
    rísa af dauða, to rise from the dead;
    vakna af draumi, to awaken from a dream;
    lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse;
    vindr stóð af landi, the wind blew from the land;
    2) out of;
    verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world;
    gruflar hón af læknum, she scrambles out of the brook;
    Otradalr var mjök af vegi, far out of the way.
    Connected with út; föstudaginn fór út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town.
    II. Of time; past, beyond:
    af ómagaaldri, able to support oneself, of age;
    ek em nú af léttasta skeiði, no longer in the prime of life;
    þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, when seven weeks of summer are past;
    var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past.
    III. In various other relations:
    1) þiggja lið af e-m, to receive help from one;
    hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy;
    vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of one;
    féll þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s men fell there;
    þá eru þeir útlagir ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their goðorð;
    þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim;
    ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to give up;
    2) off, of;
    höggva fót, hönd, af e-m, to cut off one’s foot, hand;
    vil ek, at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, whatever you like of the stores;
    þar lá forkr einn ok brotit af endanum, with the point broken off;
    absol., beit hann höndina af, bit the hand off;
    fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off;
    3) of, among;
    hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum, the most promising of the young men;
    4) with;
    hláða, (ferma) skip af e-u, to load (freight) a ship with;
    fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring;
    5) of (= ór which is more frequent);
    húsit var gert af timbr stokkum, was built of trunks of trees;
    6) fig., eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him;
    hvat hefir þú gert af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar?;
    7) denoting parentage, descent, origin;
    ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, are descended from them;
    kominn af Trójumönnum, descended from the Trojans;
    8) by, of (after passive);
    ek em sendr hingat af Starkaði, sent hither by;
    ástsæll af landsmónnum, beloved of;
    9) on account of, by reason of, by;
    úbygðr at frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold;
    ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds;
    af ástæld hans, by his popularity;
    af því, therefore;
    af hví, wherefor why;
    af því at, because;
    10) by means of, by;
    framfœra e-n af verkum sínum, by means of his own labour;
    af sínu fé, by one’s own means;
    absol., hann fekk af hina mestu sœmd, derived great honour from it;
    11) with adjectives, in regard to;
    mildr af fé, liberal of money;
    góðr af griðum, merciful;
    12) used absol. with a verb, off away;
    hann bað hann þá róa af fjörðinn, to row the firth off;
    ok er þeir höfðu af fjörðung, when they had covered one forth of the way;
    sofa af nóttina, to sleep the night away.
    * * *
    prep. often used elliptically by dropping the case, or even merely adverbially, [Ulf. af; A. S. and Engl. of, off; Hel. ab; Germ. ab; Gr. άπό; Lat. a, ab.] With dat. denoting a motion a loco; one of the three prepp. af, ór, frá, corresponding to those in loco—á, í, við, and ad locum—á, í, at. It in general corresponds to the prepp. in loco—á, or in locum— til, whilst ór answers more to í; but it also frequently corresponds to yfir, um or í. It ranges between ór and frá, generally denoting the idea from the surface of, while ór means from the inner part, and frá from the outer part or border. The motion from a hill, plain, open place is thus denoted by af; by ór that from an enclosed space, depth, cavity, thus af fjalli, but ór of a valley, dale; af Englandi, but ór Danmörk, as mörk implies the notion of a deep wood, forest. The wind blows af landi, but a ship sets sail frá landi; frá landi also means a distance from: af hendi, of a glove, ring; ór hendi, of whatever has been kept in the hand (correl. to á hendi and í hendi). On the other hand af is more general, whilst frá and ór are of a more special character; frá denoting a departure, ór an impulse or force; a member goes home af þingi, whereas ór may denote an inmate of a district, or convey the notion of secession or exclusion from, Eb. 105 new Ed.; the traveller goes af landi, the exile ór landi: taka e-t af e-m is to take a thing out of one’s hand, that of taka frá e-m to remove out of one’s sight, etc. In general af answers to Engl. of, off, ór to out of, and frá to from: the Lat. prepp. ab, de, and ex do not exactly correspond to the Icelandic, yet as a rule ór may answer to ex, af sometimes to ab, sometimes to de. Of, off, from among; with, by; on account of by means of, because of concerning, in respect of.
    A. Loc.
    I. With motion, off, from:
    1. prop. corresp. to á,
    α. konungr dró gullhring af hendi sér (but á hendi), Ld. 32; Höskuldr lætr bera farm af skipi, unload the ship (but bera farm á skip), id.; var tekit af hestum þeirra, they were unsaddled, Nj. 4; Gunnarr hafði farit heiman af bæ sínum, he was away from home, 82; Gunnarr hljóp af hesti sínum, jumped off his horse (but hl. á hest), 83; hlaupa, stökkva af baki, id., 112, 264 ; Gunnarr skýtr til hans af boganum, from the bow, where af has a slight notion of instrumentality, 96; flýja af fundinum, to fly from off the battle-field, 102; ríða af Þríhyrningshálsum, 206; út af Langaholti, Eg. 744 ; sunnan ór Danmörk ok af Saxlandi, 560; ganga af mótinu, to go from the meeting, Fms. vii. 130; af þeirra fundi reis María upp ok fór, 625. 85 ; Flosi kastaði af ser skikkjunni, threw his cloak off him (but kasta á sik),Nj. 176; taka Hrungnis fót af honum, of a load, burden, Edda 58; land þat er hann fiskði af, from which he set off to fish, Grág. i. 151, is irregular, frá would suit better; slíta af baki e-s, from off one’s back, ii. 9 ; bera af borði, to clear the table, Nj. 75.
    β. where it more nearly answers to í; þeir koma af hafi, of sailors coming in (but leggja í haf), Nj. 128 ; fara til Noregs af Orkneyjum (but í or til O.), 131; þeim Agli fórst vel ok komu af hafi i Borgarfjörð, Eg. 392 ; hann var útlagi ( outlawed) af Noregi, where ór would be more regular, 344; af Islandi, of a traveller, Fms. x. 3; búa her af báðum ríkjunum, to take a levy from, 51; hinir beztu bændr ór Norðlendingafjórðungi ok af Sunnlendingafjórðungi, the most eminent Southerners and Northerners, 113; Gizzurr gékk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from south-west, Sturl. ii. 219; prestar af hvárutveggja biskupsdæmi, from either diocess, Dipl. ii. 11; verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world, 623. 21; gruflar hon af læknum, scrambles out of the brook, Ísl. ii. 340; Egill kneyfði af horninu í einum drykk, drained off the horn at one draught, literally squeezed every drop out of it, Eg. 557; brottuaf herbúðunurn, Fms. x. 343.
    γ. of things more or less surrounding the subject, corresp. to yfir or um; láta þeir þegar af sér tjöldin, break off, take down the tents in preparing for battle, Eg. 261; kyrtillinn rifnaði af honum, his coat burst, caused by the swollen body, 602; hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he untied his shoes (but binda á sik), 716; Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off, of one clinging to one’s body, 747; tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms, Fms. vii. 39. Of putting off clothes; fara af kápu, Nj. 143; far þú eigi af brynjunni, Bs. i. 541; þá ætlaði Sigurðr at fara af brynjunni, id.; þá var Skarphéðinn flettr af klæðunum, Nj. 209: now more usually fara or klæðum, fötum, exuere, to undress.
    δ. connected with út; föstudaginn for út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town, Nj. 274; ganga út af kirkjunni, to go out of the church, now út úr, Fms. vii. 107: drekki hann af þeirri jörðunni, of something impregnated with the earth, Laekn. 402.
    ε. more closely corresponding to frá, being in such cases a Latinism (now frá); bréf af páfa, a pope’s bull, Fms. x. 6; rit af hánum, letter from him, 623. 52; bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus, Bs. i. 712; farið þér á brautu af mér í eilífan eld, Hom. 143; brott af drottins augliti, Stj. 43.
    ζ. denoting an uninterrupted continuity, in such phrases as land aflandi, from land to land, Eg. 343, Fas. ii. 539; skip af skipl. from ship to ship, Fms. v. 10; brann hvat af öðru, one after another, of an increasing fire, destroying everything, i. 128; brandr af brandi brenn, funi kveykist af funa, one from another, Hm. 56; hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession, also hverr at öðrum, Eb. 272, 280 (where at in both passages).
    2. metaph., at ganga af e-m dauðum, to go from, leave one dead on the spot, of two combatants; en hann segiz bani hins ef hann gekk af dauðum manni, Grág. ii. 88, Hkr. 1. 327; undr þykir mér er bróðir þinn vildi eigi taka af þér starf þetta, would not take this toil from thee, Nj. 77; þegnar hans glöddust af honum, were fain of him, Fms. x. 380; at koma þeim manni af sér er settr var á fé hans, to get rid of, Ld. 52; vil ek þú vinriir af þér skuldina, work off the debt, Njarð. 366; reka af sér, to repel, Sturl. ii. 219; hann á þá sonu er aldri munu af oss ganga, who will never leave us, whom we shall never get rid of, Fas. i. 280; leysa e-n af e-u, to relieve, 64; taka e-n af lífi, to kill, Eg. 48, 416, Nj. 126; af lífdögum, Fms. vii. 204; ek mun ná lögum af því máli, get the benefit of the law in this case, Eg. 468; muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand, 414; rísa af dauða, to rise from death, Fms. ii. 142; guð bætti honum þó af þessi sótt, healed him of this sickness, ix. 390; vakna af sýn, draumi, svefni, to awaken from a vision, dream, sleep, 655 xxxii. I, Gísl. 24, Eb. 192, Fas. i. 41. Rather with the notion out of, in the phrase af sér etc., e. g. sýna e-t af scr, to shew, exhibit a disposition for or against, Ld. 18; gera mikit af sér, to shew great prowess, Ísl. ii. 368; éf þú gerir eigi meira af þér um aðra leika, unless you make more of thyself, Edda 32; Svipdagr hafði mikit af sér gert, fought bravely, Fas. i. 41; góðr (illr) af sér, good ( bad) of oneself, by nature; mikill af sjálfum sér, proud, bold, stout, Nj. 15; ágætastr maðr af sjálfum sér, the greatest hero, Bret.: góðr af ser, excellent, Hrafn. 7; but, on the contrary, af sér kominn, ruinous, in decay; this phrase is used of old houses or buildings, as in Bs. i. 488 = Sturl. l. c.; af sér kominn af mæði can also be said of a man fallen off from what he used to be; kominn af fotum fram, off his legs from age, Sturl. i. 223, Korm. 154 (in a verse).
    II. WITHOUT MOTION:
    1. denoting direction from, but at the same time continuous connection with an object from which an act or thing proceeds, from; tengja skip hvárt fram af stafni annars, to tie the ships in a line, stem to stern, Fms. i. 157, xi. 111; svá at þeir tóku út af borðum, jutted out of the boards, of rafters or poles, iv. 49; stjarna ok af sem skaft, of a comet, ix. 482; lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse, Grág. ii. 264; hon svarar af sínu sæti sem álpt af baru, Fás. i. 186; þar er sjá mátti utau af firði, af þjóðleið, that might be seen from the fareway on the sea when sailing in the firth, Hkr. ii. 64; þá mun hringt af (better at) Burakirkju, of bells rung at the church, Fms. xi. 160; gengr þar af Meðalfellsströnd, projects from, juts out, of a promontory, Ld. 10.
    2. denoting direction alone; upp af víkinni stóð borg mikil, a burg inland from the inlet, Eg. 161; lokrekkja innar af seti, a shut bed inward from the benches in the hall, Ísl. ii. 262; kapella upp af konungs herbergjum, upwards from, Fms. x. 153; vindr stóð af landi, the wind stood off the land, Bárð. 166.
    β. metaph., stauda af e-u, vide VI. 4.
    γ. ellipt., hallaði af norðr, of the channel, north of a spot, Boll. 348; also, austr af, suðr af, vestr af, etc.
    3. denoting absence; þingheyendr skulu eigi vera um nótt af þingi ( away from the meeting), eðr lengr, þá eru þeir af þingi ( away from (be meeting) ef þeir eru or ( out of) þingmarki, Grág. i. 25; vera um nótt af várþingi, 115; meðan hann er af landi héðan, abroad, 150.
    β. metaph., gud hvíldi af öllum verkum sínum á sjaunda degi, rested from his labours, Ver. 3.
    4. denoting distance; þat er komit af þjóðleið, out of the high road, remote, Eg. 369; af þjóðbraut, Grág. ii. 264, i. 15; Otradalr (a farm) var mjök af vegi, far out of the way, Háv. 53.
    B. TEMP, past, from, out of, beyond:
    1. of a person’s age, in the sense of having past a period of life; af ómaga aldri, of age, able to support oneself, Grág. i. 243; af aeskualdri, stricken in years, having past the prime of life, Eg. 202; lítið af barnsaldri, still a child, Ld. 74; ek em nú af léttasia skeiði, no longer in the prime of life, Háv. 40.
    2. of a part or period of time, past; eigi síðar en nótt er af þingi, a night of the session past, Grág. i. 101; þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, seven weeks past of the summer, 182; tíu vikur af sumri, Íb. 10; var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past, Háv. 41; mikið af vetri, much of the winter was past, Fas. ii. 186; þriðjungr af nótt, a third of the night past, Fms. x. 160; stund af degi, etc.; tveir mánoðr af sumri, Gþl. 103.
    3. in adverbial phrases such as, af stundu, soon; af bragði, at once; af tómi, at leisure, at ease; af nýju, again; af skyndingu, speedily; af bráðungu, in a hurry, etc.
    C. In various other relations:
    I. denoting the passage or transition of an object, concrete or abstract, of, from.
    1. where a thing is received, derived from, conferred by a person or object; þiggja lið af e-m, to derive help from, Edda 26; taka traust af e-m, to receive support, comfort from, Fms. xi. 243; taka mála af e-m, to be in one’s pay, of a soldier, Eg. 266; halda land af e-m, to hold land of any one, 282; verða viss af e-m, to get information from, 57, Nj. 130; taka við sök af manni (a law term), to undertake a case, suit, Grág. i. 142; hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy, ii. 374; vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of, Vd. 88 (old Ed., the new reads frá), Fs. 45; afla matar af eyjum, to derive supplies from, Eb. 12.
    2. where an object is taken by force:
    α. prop. out of a person’s hand; þú skalt hnykkja smíðit af honum, wrest it out of his hand, Nj. 32; cp. taka, þrífa, svipta e-u (e-t) af e-m, to wrest from.
    β. metaph. of a person’s deprival of anything in general; hann tók af þér konuna, carried thy wife off, Nj. 33; tók Gunnarr af þér sáðland þitt, robbed thee of seedland, 103; taka af honum tignina, to depose, degrade him, Eg. 271; vinna e-t af e-m, to carry off by force of arms, conquer, Fms. iii. 29; drepa menn af e-m, for one, slay one’s man, Eg. 417; fell þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s people fell there, 261.
    γ. in such phrases as, hyggja af e-u (v. afhuga), hugsa af e-u, to forget; hyggja af harmi; sjá af e-u, to lose, miss; var svá ástúðigt með þeim, at livargi þóttist mega af öðrum sjá, neither of them could take his eyes off the other, Sturl. i. 194; svá er mörg við ver sinn vær, at varla um sér hon af hoiuun nær, Skálda 163.
    3. denoting forfeiture; þá eru þeir útlagir, ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their priesthood, Grág. i. 24; telja hann af ráðunum fjár síns alls, to oust one, on account of idiocy or madness, 176; verða af kaupi, to be off the bargain, Edda 26; þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim, Nj. 15; ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to forfeit, a case of divorce, id.; ella er hann af rettarfari um hana, has forfeited the suit, Grág. i. 381.
    β. ellipt., af ferr eindagi ef, is forfeited, Grág. i. 140.
    II. denoting relation of a part to a whole, off, of, Lat. de; höggva hönd, höfuð, fót af e-um, to cut one’s hand, head, foot off, Nj. 97, 92, Bs. i. 674; höggva spjót af skapti, to sever the blade from the shaft, 264; hann lét þá ekki hafa af föðurarfi sínum, nothing of their patrimony, Eg. 25; vil ek at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, take what you like of the stores, Nj. 4; at þú eignist slíkt af fé okkru sem þú vili, 94.
    β. ellipt., en nú höfum vér kjörit, en þat er af krossinum, a slice of, Fms. vii. 89; Þórðr gaf Skólm frænda sínum af landnámi sínu, a part of, Landn. 211; hafði hann þat af hans eigu er hann vildi, Sturl. ii. 169; þar lá forkr einn ok brotið af endanum, the point broken off, Háv. 24, Sturl. i. 169.
    γ. absol. off; beit hann höndina af, þar sem nú heitir úlfliðr, bit the hand off, Edda 17; fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off, Nj. 97; jafnt er sem þér synist, af er fótrinn, the foot is off, id.; af bæði eyru, both ears off, Vm. 29.
    2. with the notion of—among; mestr skörungr af konum á Norðrlöndum, the greatest heroine in the North, Fms. i. 116; hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum í Austfjörðum, the most hopeful of youths in the Eastfirths, Njarð. 364; af ( among) öllurn hirðmönnuni virði konungr mest skáld sín, Eg. 27; ef hann vildi nokkura kaupa af þessum konum, Ld. 30; ör liggr þar útiá vegginum, ok er sú af þeirra örum, one of their own arrows, Nj. 115.
    β. from, among, belonging to; guð kaus hana af ollum konum sér til móður, of the Virgin Mary, Mar. A. i. 27.
    γ. metaph., kunna mikit (lítið) af e-u, to know much, little of, Bragi kann mest af skáldskap, is more cunning of poetry than any one else, Edda 17.
    δ. absol. out of, before, in preference to all others; Gunnarr bauð þér góð boð, en þú vildir eingi af taka, you would choose none of them, Nj. 77; ráða e-t af, to decide; þó mun faðir minn mestu af ráða, all depends upon him, Ld. 22; konungr kveðst því mundu heldr af trúa, preferred believing that of the two, Eg. 55; var honum ekki vildara af ván, he could expect nothing better, 364.
    3. with the additional sense of instrumentality, with; ferma skip af e-u, to freight a ship with, Eg. 364; hlaða mörg skip af korni, load many ships with corn, Fms. xi. 8; klyfja tvá hesta af mat, Nj. 74; var vágrinn skipaðr af herskipum, the bay was covered with war ships, 124; fylla ker af glóðum, fill it with embers, Stj. 319; fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring, Ver. 3.
    III. denoting the substance of which a thing is made, of; used indifferently with ór, though ór be more frequent; þeir gerðu af honum jörðina, af blóði hans sæinn ok vötnin, of the creation of the world from the corpse of the giant Ymir; the poem Gm. 40, 41, constantly uses ór in this sense, just as in modern Icelandic, Edda 5; svá skildu þeir, at allir hlutir væri smíðaðir af nokkru efni, 147 (pref.); húsit var gert af timbrstokkum, built of trunks of timber, Eg. 233; hjöhin vóru af gulli, of gold, golden, Fms. i. 17; af osti, of cheese, but in the verse 1. c. ór osti, Fms. vi. 253; línklæði af lérepti, linen, Sks. 287.
    2. metaph. in the phrases, göra e-t af e-n ( to dispose of), verða af ( become of), hvat hefir þú gört af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar? Njarð. 376; hvat af motrinuni er orðit, what has become of it? of a lost thing, Ld. 208; hverfr Óspakr á burt, svá eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him? Band. 5.
    IV. denoting parentage, descent, origin, domicile, abode:
    1. parentage, of, from, used indifferently with frá; ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, descend from them, but a little below—frá honum eru konmir Sturlungar, Eb. 338, cp. afkvæmi; af ætt Hörðakára, Fms. i. 287; kominn af Trojumönnum, xi. 416; af Ása-ætt (Kb. wrongly at), Edda I.
    β. metaph., vera af Guði (theol.), of God, = righteous, 686 B. 9; illr ávöxtr af íllri rót, Fms. ii. 48; Asia er kölluð af nafni nokkurar konu, derives her name from, Stj. 67; af honum er bragr kallaðr skáldskapr, called after his name, Edda 17.
    2. of domicile; af danskri tungu, of Danish or Scandinavian origin, speaking the Danish tongue, Grág. ii. 73; hvaðan af löndum, whence, native of what country? Ísl.
    β. especially denoting a man’s abode, and answering to á and í, the name of the farm (or country) being added to proper names, (as in Scotland,) to distinguish persons of the same name; Hallr af Síðu, Nj. 189; Erlingr af Straumey, 273; Ástríðr af Djúpárbakka, 39; Gunnarr af Hlíðarenda (more usual frá); þorir haklangr konungr af Ögðum, king of Agdir, Eg. 35, etc.; cp. ór and frá.
    V. denoting a person with whom an act, feeling, etc. originates, for the most part with a periphrastic passive:
    1. by, the Old Engl. of; as, ek em sendr hingað af Starkaði ok sonum hans, sent hither by, Nj. 94; inna e-t af hendi, to perform, 257; þó at alþýða væri skírð af kennimönnum, baptized of, Fms. ii. 158; meira virðr af mönnum, higher esteemed, Ld. 158; ástsæll af landsmönnum, beloved, íb. 16; vinsæll af mönnum, Nj. 102; í allgóðu yfirlæti af þeim feðgum, hospitably treated by them, Eg. 170; var þá nokkut drukkið af alþjóð, there was somewhat hard drinking of the people, Sturl. iii. 229; mun þat ekki upp tekið af þeim sükudólgum mínum, they will not clutch at that, Nj. 257; ef svá væri í hendr þér búit af mér, if í had so made everything ready to thy hands, Ld. 130; þá varð fárætt um af föður hans, his father said little about it, Fms. ii. 154.
    2. it is now also sometimes used as a periphrase of a nom., e. g. ritað, þýtt af e-m, written, translated, edited by, but such phrases scarcely occur in old writers.
    VI. denoting cause, ground, reason:
    1. originating from, on account of, by reason of; af frændsemis sökum, for kinship’s sake, Grág. ii. 72; ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds, 27; af manna völdum, by violence, not by natural accident, of a crime, Nj. 76; af fortölum Halls, through his pleading, 255; af ástsæld hans ok af tölum þeirra Sæmundar, by his popularity and the eloquence of S., Íb. 16; af ráðum Haralds konungs, by his contriving, Landn. 157; úbygðr af frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold, Hkr. i. 5.
    β. adverbially, af því, therefore, Nj. 78; af hví, why? 686 B. 9; þá verðr bóndi heiðinn af barni sínu, viz. if he does not cause his child to be christened, K. Þ. K. 20.
    2. denoting instrumentality, by means of; af sinu fé, by one’s own means, Grág. i. 293; framfæra e-n af verkum sinum, by means of one’s own labour, K. Þ. K. 142; draga saman auð af sökum, ok vælum ok kaupum, make money by, 623. I; af sínum kostnaði, at hi s own expense, Hkr. i. 217.
    β. absol., hún fellir á mik dropa svá heita at ek brenn af öll, Ld. 328; hann fékk af hina mestu sæmd, derived great honotur from it, Nj. 88; elli sótti á hendr honum svá at hann lagðist í rekkju af, he grew bedridden from age, Ld. 54; komast undan af hlaupi, escape by running, Fms. viii. 58; spinna garn af rokki, spin off a wheel (now, spinna á rokk), from a notion of instrumentality, or because of the thread being spun out (?), Eb. 92.
    3. denoting proceeding, originating from; lýsti af höndum hennar, her hands spread beams of light, Edda 22; allir heimar lýstust ( were illuminated) af henni, id.; en er lýsti af degi, when the day broke forth, Fms. ii. 16; lítt var lýst af degi, the day was just beginning to break, Ld. 46; þá tók at myrkja af nótt, the ‘mirk-time’ of night began to set in, Eg. 230; tók þá brátt at myrkva af nótt, the night grew dark, Hkr. ii. 230.
    4. metaph., standa, leiða, hljótast af, to be caused by, result from; opt hlýtst íllt af kvenna hjali, great mischief is wrought by women’s gossip (a proverb), Gísl. 15, 98; at af þeim mundi mikit mein ok úhapp standa, be caused by, Edda 18; kenna kulda af ráðum e-s, to feel sore from, Eb. 42; þó mun her hljótast af margs manns bani, Nj, 90.
    5. in adverbial phrases, denoting state of mind; af mikilli æði, in fury, Nj. 116; af móð, in great emotion, Fms. xi. 221; af áhyggju, with concern, i. 186; af létta, frankly, iii. 91; af viti, collectedly, Grág. ii. 27; af heilu, sincerely, Eg. 46; áf fári, in rage; af æðru, timidly, Nj. (in a verse); af setning, composedly, in tune, Fms. iii. 187; af mikilli frægð, gallantly, Fas. i. 261; af öllu afli, with all might, Grág. ii. 41; af riki, violently, Fbr. (in a verse); af trúnaði, confidently, Grág. i. 400.
    VII. denoting regard to, of, concerning, in respect of, as regards:
    1. with verbs, denoting to tell of, be informed, inquire about, Lat. de; Dioscorides segir af grasi því, speaks of, 655 xxx. 5; er menn spurðu af landinu, inquired about it, Landn. 30; halda njósn af e-u, Nj. 104; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, Eg. 546, Band. 8.
    β. absol., hann mun spyrja, hvárt þér sé nokkut af kunnigt hversu for með okkr, whether you know anything about, how, Nj. 33; halda skóla af, to hold a school in a science, 656 A. i. 19 (sounds like a Latinism); en ek gerða þik sera mestan mann af öllu, in respect of all, that you should get all the honour of it, Nj. 78.
    2. with adjectives such as mildr, illr, góðrafe-u, denoting disposition or character in respect to; alira manna mildastr af fo, very liberal, often-banded, Fms. vii. 197; mildr af gulli, i. 33; góðr af griðum, merciful, Al. 33; íllr af mat en mildr af gulli, Fms. i. 53; fastr af drykk, close, stingy in regard to, Sturl. ii. 125; gat þess Hildigunnr at þú mundir góðr af hestinum, that you would be good about the horse, Nj. 90, cp. auðigr at, v. at, which corresponds to the above phrases; cp. also the phrase af sér above, p. 4, col. I, ll. 50 sqq.
    VIII. periphrasis of a genitive (rare); provincialis af öllum Predikaraklaustrum, Fms. x. 76; vera af hinum mesta fjandskap, to breathe deep hatred to, be on bad terms with, ix. 220; af hendi, af hálfu e-s, on one’s behalf, v. those words.
    IX. in adverbial phrases; as, af launungu, secretly; af hljóði, silently; v. those words.
    β. also used absolutely with a verb, almost adverbially, nearly in the signification off, away; hann bað þá róa af fjörðinn, pass the firth swiftly by rowing, row the firth off, Fms. ix. 502; var pá af farit þat seni skerjóttast var, was past, sailed past, Ld. 142; ok er þeir höfðu af fjórðung, past one fourth of the way, Dropl. 10: skína af, to clear up, of the skv, Eb. 152; hence in common language, skína af sér, when the sun breaks forth: sofa af nóttina, to sleep it away, Fms. ii. 98; leið af nóttin, the night past away, Nj. 53; dvelja af stundir, to kill the time, Band. 8; drepa af, to kill; láta af, to slaughter, kill off;
    γ. in exclamations; af tjöldin, off with the awnings, Bs. i. 420, Fins, ix. 49.
    δ. in the phrases, þar af, thence; hér af, hence, Fms. ii. 102; af fram, straight on, Nj. 144; now, á fram, on, advance.
    X. it often refers to a whole sentence or to an adverb, not only like other prepp. to hér, hvar, þar, but also redundantly to hvaðan, héðan, þaðan, whence, hence, thence.
    2. the preposition may sometimes be repeated, once elliptically or adverbially, and once properly, e. g. en er af var borit at borðinu, the cloth was taken off from the table, Nj. 176; Guð þerrir af (off, away) hvert tár af ( from) augum heilagra manna, God wipes off every tear from the eyes of his saints, 655 xx. vii. 17; skal þó fyrst bætr af lúka af fé vegaiula, pay off, from, Gþl. 160, the last af may be omitted—var þá af borið borðinu—and the prep. thus be separated from its case, or it may refer to some of the indecl. relatives er or sem, the prep. hvar, hér, þar being placed behind them without a case, and referring to the preceding relative, e. g. oss er þar mikit af sagt auð þeim, we have been told much about these riches, Band. 24; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, in short, shortly. Eg. 546; þaðan af veit ek, thence í infer, know, Fms. i. 97.
    XI. it is moreover connected with a great many verbs besides those mentioned above, e. g. bera af, to excel, whence afbragð, afbrigði; draga af, to detract, deduct, hence afdráttr; veita ekki af, to be hard with; ganga at, to be left, hence afgangr; standast af um e-t, to stand, how matters stand; sem af tekr, at a furious rate; vita af, to be conscious, know about (vide VII).
    D. As a prefix to compounds distinction is to be made between:
    I. af privativum, denoting diminution, want, deduction, loss, separation, negation of, etc., answering indifferently to Lat. ab-, de-, ex-, dis-, and rarely to re- and se-, v. the following COMPDS, such as segja, dicere, but afsegja, negare; rækja, colere, but afrækja, negligere; aflaga, contra legem; skapligr, normalis, afskapligr, deformis; afvik, recessus; afhús, afhellir, afdalr, etc.
    II. af intensivum, etymologically different, and akin to of, afr-, e. g. afdrykkja = ofdrykkja, inebrietas; afbrýði, jealously; afbendi, tenesmus; afglapi, vir fatuus, etc. etc. Both the privative and the intensive af may be contracted into á, esp. before a labial f, m, v, e. g. á fram = af fram; ábrýði = afbrýði; ávöxtr = afvöxtr; áburðr = afburðr; ávíta = afvíta (?). In some cases dubious. With extenuated and changed vowel; auvirðiligr or övirðiligr, depreciated, = afv- etc., v. those words.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AF

  • 110 μέσος

    μέσος, η, ον, also Arc. (v. ἰμέσος, μεσακόθεν); [dialect] Ep. [full] μέσσος (also [dialect] Aeol., Sapph.1.12, IG11(4).1064b32, and Lyr., Pi.P.4.224, and sts. in Trag., E.HF 403 (lyr.), S.OC 1247 (lyr.), Tr. 635 (lyr.), Ant. 1223, 1236, Fr.255.5), [dialect] Boeot., Cret. [full] μέττος, IG7.2420.20 (iii B. C.), GDI 5000 ii
    A b 2 (v B. C.):—middle, in the middle,
    I of Space, esp. with Nouns, of the middle point or part,

    μ. σάκος Il.7.258

    ;

    ἱστίον 1.481

    ; οὐρανός zenith, Od.4.400; μ. ἀπήνης from mid chariot, S.OT 812; ἐν αἰθέρι μ. in mid-air, Id.Ant. 416; μ. μετώπῳ in the middle of the forehead, PRyl.128.30 (i A. D.): in Prose freq. preceding the Art.,

    κατὰ μέσον τὸν σταθμόν X.An.1.7.14

    ; ἐν μ. τῇ χώρᾳ ib.2.1.11; ἐκ μ. τῆς νήσου, κατὰ μ. τὴν νῆσον, Pl.Criti. 113d, 119d; ἐπὶ μέσου τοῦ τμάματος at the middle point of the segment, Archim.Aequil.1.6; ἁ ἐπὶ μέσαν τὰν βάσιν ἀγομένα (sc. εὐθεῖα) ib.12: sts. following the Noun,

    ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ μέσῃ D.29.12

    : less freq. midmost, central, of three or more objects,

    μ. ὁδός Thgn.220

    , 331; ὁ μ. [δάκτυλος] Pl.R. 523c; τὸ μ. στῖφος the central division of the army, X.An.1.8.13; μέσον, τό, centre,

    ἡ ἐπὶ τὸ μ. φορά Iamb.Protr.21

    .
    b with a Verb, ἔχεται μ. by the middle, by the waist, prov. from the wrestling-ring, Ar.Eq. 387 (lyr.), cf. Ach. 571 (lyr.), Nu. 1047, Ra. 469;

    μέσην λαβόντα Id.Ach. 274

    , cf. Hdt.9.107, D.53.17;

    ὁ πέπλος ἐρράγη μ. Philippid.25.5

    .
    c c. gen., midway between,

    ἑνὸς καὶ πλήθους τὸ ὀλίγον μ. Pl.Plt. 303a

     (also μ. ἐπ' ἀμφότερα, ibid.):—S. has

    μέσος ἀπὸ [τοῦ κρατῆρος] τοῦ τε πέτρου OC 1595

    .
    2 of Time, Hom. only in phrase μέσον ἦμαρ midday, Il.21.111, Od.7.288, Pi.P.9.113;

    μέσαι νύκτες Sapph.52

    , Hdt.4.181, X. An.7.8.12, etc.;

    θέρευς ἔτι μέσσου ἐόντος Hes.Op. 502

    ;

    χειμῶνος μέσου Ar.Fr.569.1

    ;

    μ. ἡμέρα Hdn.8.5.9

    ; μ. ἡλικία middle age, Pl.Ep. 316c: so

    μέσοι τὴν ἡλικίαν E.Ep.5

    ; μέσος ἀκμῆς v.l. in Theoc.25.164.
    3 metaph., impartial, Th.4.83, PLond.1.113(1).27 (vi A.D.).
    b inter-mediate, freq. c. gen.,

    μ. τις γέγονα χρηματιστὴς τοῦ τε πάππου καὶ τοῦ πατρός Pl.R. 330b

    ;

    ψιλὸν μὲν τὸ π ¯, δασὺ δὲ τὸ φ ¯, μέσον δὲ ἀμφοῖν τὸ β ¯ D.H.Comp.14

     (v. infr. d); ἡ τρίτη καὶ μ. τῶν εἰρημένων δυεῖν ἁρμονιῶν ib.24; ὁ μ. χαρακτήρ ib.21; indeterminate, Luc.Par.28; τὰ μ. things indifferent (neither good nor bad), Stoic.3.135, al.; of words such as τύχη, EM626.38; ζῴδια (neither lucky nor unlucky) Vett.Val.93.9;

    μ. δίαιτα Diocl.Fr.141

    , cf.Sor.1.46.
    c Gramm., of Verbs, middle, Eust. 1846.30, etc.; μ. διάθεσις, σχήματα, A.D.Synt.226.10, 210.18; μ. ἐνεστώς present middle, ib.278.25.
    d Gramm., of consonants, Lat. mediae, i. e. β ¯ γ ¯ δ ¯, D.T.631.23: but also of semi-vowels, Pl.Phlb. 18c: of accent, ὀξύτητι καὶ βαρύτητι καὶ τῷ μέσῳ, i. e. the circumflex, Arist. Po. 1456b33.
    II middling, moderate,
    1 of size, μέσοι ὀφθαλμοί, ὦτα, γλῶττα, Id.HA 492a8,33, b31; μ. μεγέθει ib. 496a21, PPetr.1p.37 (iii B. C.); μ. alone, of middle height, PGrenf.2.23 (a) ii 3 (ii B. C.), POxy. 73.13 (i A. D.), etc.
    2 of class or quality,

    πάντων μέσ' ἄριστα Thgn. 335

    ;

    παντὶ μέσῳ τὸ κράτος θεὸς ὤπασεν A.Eu. 529

     (lyr.);

    μ. ἐν πόλει Phoc.12

    ; μ. ἀνήρ a man of middle rank, Hdt.1.107;

    μ. πολίτης Th.6.54

    ;

    τὰ μ. τῶν πολιτῶν Id.3.82

     (so

    τῶν ἀνὰ πόλιν τὰ μ. Pi.P.11.52

    ); οἱ μ., between οἱ εὔποροι and οἱ ἄποροι, Arist.Pol. 1289b31, 1295b3; οἱ μ. πολῖται ib. 1296a19; τὸ μ. ib. 1295b37; μ. [πολιτεία] ib. 1296a7;

    ὁ μ. βίος Luc.Luct.9

    ; mediocre, Pl.Prt. 346d; τῶν ἑταιρῶν αἱ μ. Theopomp. Com.21. Adv. μέσως, ἱκανόν fairly adequate, Phld.Rh.2.4S.
    III μέσον, τό, midst, intervening space, mostly with Preps.,
    a ἐν μέσσῳ, = ἐν μεταιχμίῳ, Il.3.69,90;

    ἐν τῷ μ.

     in the midst,

    Ev.Matt.14.6

    ; ἡ 'ν μέσῳ [μοῖρα] σῴζει πόλεις the middle class, E.Supp. 244: without

    ἐν, ἔμβαλε μέσσῳ Il.4.444

    ;

    ἔνθορε μέσσῳ 21.233

    ;

    μέσσῳ ἀμφοτέρων 3.416

    , 7.277;

    τῶνδέ τ' ἐν μ. πεσεῖν E.Ph. 583

    ;

    ἐν μ. λόγους ἔχειν Id.Hel. 630

    ;

    μῆκος ἐν μ. χρόνου A.Supp. 735

    ;

    χρόνος οὑν μ. E.Ph. 589

     (troch.); τὰ ἐν μ. what went between, S.OC 583; οἱ ἐν μ. λόγοι the intervening words, Id.El. 1364, E.Med. 819;

    κλίνης ἐν μ. Id.Hec. 1150

    ; ἐν μ. ἡμῶν καὶ βασιλέως between us and him, X.An.2.2.3;

    σοφίας καὶ ἀμαθίας ἐν μ. Pl.Smp. 203e

    ; ἐν μ. νυκτῶν at midnight, X.Cyr.5.3.52; ἆθλα κείμεν' ἐν μέσῳ offered for competition (cf. infr. b), D.4.5, cf. Thgn.994, X.An.3.1.21; ἡ τιμὴ ἐν τῷ μέσῳ ἔστω deposited with the court, Herod.2.90: without ἐν, καὶ μέσῳ πάντες καὶ χωρὶς ἕκαστος both collectively and severally, IG12(5).872.27,31,38, al. ([place name] Tenos): in pl.,

    κεῖτο δ' ἄρ' ἐν μέσσοισι Il.18.507

    ;

    ἐν μέσοισ' Xenoph.1.7

    ; ἐν μέσῳ εἶναι τοῦ συμμεῖξαι to stand in the way of.., X.Cyr.5.2.26; ἡ γὰρ θάλαττα ἐν τῷ μ. is an obstacle, Id.Ath.2.2;

    οὐδεὶς ἐν μέσσῳ γείτων πέλεν Theoc.21.17

    ;

    οὐδὲν ἂν ἦν ἐν μ. πολεμεῖν ἡμᾶς D.23.183

    ; cf. ἰμέσος.
    b ἐς μέσον, ἐς μ. ἀμφοτέρων, freq. in Hom. for ἐς μεταίχμιον, Il.4.79, 6.120; ἀνδρὶ δὲ νικηθέντι γυναῖκ' ἐς μέσσον ἔθηκε deposited her as a prize (cf. supr. a), 23.704;

    ἐς μ. δεικνύναι τινί τι Pi.Fr.42.3

    ; ἐς μ. ἵεσθαι, ἐλθεῖν, παρελθεῖν, S.Tr. 514 (lyr.), Theoc.22.183, Plu. Agis9;

    ἐς μέσον ἀμφοτέροισι.. δικάσσατε Il.23.574

    ; ἐς τὸ μ. φέρειν bring forward publicly, Hdt.4.97, D.18.139;

    ἐς τὸ μ. λέγεσθαι Hdt. 6.129

    ; ἐς μ. Πέρσῃσι καταθεῖναι τὰ πρήγματα to give up the power in common to all, Id.3.80; ἐς μ. τὴν ἀρχὴν τιθεὶς ἰσονομίην ὑμῖν προαγορεύω ib. 142.
    c ἐκ τοῦ μέσου away,

    ἐκ μ. ἀνελεῖν D.10.36

    , 18.294; [

    χειρόγραφον] ἦρκεν ἐκ τοῦ μ. Ep.Col.2.14

    , cf. Arr.Epict.3.3.15; also ἐκ μ. a half,

    ἔτη ὀκτὼ καὶ ἔνατον ἐκ μ. Th.4.133

    ; also ἐκ μ. κατῆστο remained in the middle, i. e. neutral (cf.

    ἐκ 1.6

     fin.), Hdt.3.83, cf. 4.118, 8.22,73.
    d διὰ μέσου between,

    τὸ διὰ μ. ἔθνος Id.1.104

    ;

    διὰ μ. ποιεῖσθαι X.Cyr.6.3.3

    ; διὰ μ. γενέσθαι intervene, of an event, Th.4.20: c. gen.,

    διὰ μέσου τῆς πόλεως ῥεῖ ποταμός X. An.1.2.23

    ; διὰ μ. ῥεῖ τούτων ποταμός ib.1.4.4, etc.;

    τὸ τούτων διὰ μ. Pl.Lg. 805e

    ; also οἱ διὰ μέσου the middle party, the moderates, Th. 8.75, X.HG5.4.25; τὸ διὰ μ. the middle class, Arist.Pol. 1296a8; of Time,

    ὁ διὰ μ. χρόνος Hdt.9.112

    ; ἡ διὰ μ. ξύμβασις an interim agreement, Th.5.26; διὰ μέσου, as a figure of speech, use of parenthesis, Hdn.Fig.p.95S.
    e ἀν (ὀν) τὸ μ. in the midst, Alc.18.3, Xenoph.1.11, Thgn.839; ἀνὰ μέσον midway between, Arist.HA 496a22, Antiph. 13, Theoc.22.21, etc.;

    ἀνὰ μ. τοῦ ναοῦ καὶ τοῦ βωμοῦ GDI2010

     (Delph.), cf. PTeb.13.9 (ii B. C.), al.;

    θρὶξ ἀνὰ μέσσον Theoc.14.9

    ;

    ἀνὰ μέσσα Nic.Th. 167

    ; also ἀνὰ μέσον φέρε, = μετρίως, Men.531.18.
    f κατὰ μέσσον, = ἐν μέσῳ, Il.5.8, 16.285, etc.: c. gen., κὰδ δὲ μέσον τάφρου καὶ τείχεος ἷζον between, 9.87.
    2 μέσον, τό, difference, τὸ μ. πρὸς τὰς μεγίστας καὶ ἐλαχίστας the average between.., Th.1.10; πολλὸν τὸ μ., πολὺ τὸ μ., the difference is great, Hdt.1.126, E.Alc. 914 (anap.); τὸ μ. οὐδὲν τῆς ἔχθρης ἐστί there is no middle course for our enmity, Hdt.7.11.
    3 middle state, mean,

    τὸ μ. καὶ τὸ εὖ Arist.EN 1109b26

    ; ποιήματα μέσα, opp. ὀγκώδη, in the (correct) mean, Phld.Po.5.5. Adv. -ως

    , ἀναστρέφεσθαι Id.Rh.1.155S.

    4 in Logic, τὸ μ. the middle term of a syllogism, opp. τὰ ἄκρα, Arist.APr. 66a30; also ὁ μ. (sc. ὅρος) ib. 25b33.
    5 Math., middle terms in a proportion, Euc.6.16; μέση, or μέση (μέσος) ἀνάλογον a mean proportional (straight line or number), ib.13, 17, 8.11, 12, al.;

    μέσης εὕρεσις Arist.de An. 413a19

    , Metaph. 996b21; μέση medial, a specific kind of irrational (straight line), Euc.10.21, al.; μέσον ὀρθογώνιον ([etym.] χωρίον) medial rectangle (area), ib.24, al.
    6 Astron., ὁ διὰ μέσων τῶν ζῳδίων κύκλος the ecliptic, Hipparch.1.9.3,4, Gem.2.21, Ptol.Alm.2.7: without κύκλος, Eudox. ap. Arist.Metaph. 1073b20, Hipparch.1.9.12; simply,

    ὁ διὰ μέσων D.L.7.146

    ; but, ὁ μέσος [κύκλος] the equator of a rotating sphere, Arist.Metaph. 1073b30.
    7 μέσα, τά, = μέζεα, Blaes.p.191 K.
    b = κοιλία 1.3, Herod.Med. ap. Orib.5.27.3, Gal.14.732: sg., Heph.Astr.1.1 (v.l. τὰ μέσα Cat.Cod.Astr.8(2).45).
    8 Μέσον, τό, one of the law-courts at Athens, Phot., Sch.Ar.V. 120.
    IV μέση, ἡ, as Subst., v. μέση.
    V Adv. μέσον, [dialect] Ep. μέσσον, in the middle, Il.12.167, Od.14.300: c. gen., between,

    οὐρανοῦ μ. χθονός <τε> E.Or. 983

     (lyr.), cf. Arr.Epict.2.22.10; in the midst of,

    μ. τῆς θαλάσσης LXX Ex.14.27

    ;

    μ. γενεᾶς σκολιᾶς Ep.Phil.2.15

    : also in pl.,

    μέσα αἰετὸς οὐρανοῦ ποτᾶται E.Rh. 530

     (lyr.), cf. Nic.Fr.74.26.
    2 regul. Adv.

    μέσως, πόλεώς τ' οὐ μ. εὐδαίμονος E.Andr. 873

    , cf. Hec. 1113, Isoc.9.23; καὶ μ. even in a moderate degree, even a little, Th.2.60; μ. ἔχειν πρός or περί τι to be in the mean.., Arist.EN 1105b28, 1119a11;

    θερμότερον ἢ κραυρότερον ἢ μ. ἔχον Eub.7.1

    , cf. Sosip. 1.53; μ. βεβιωκέναι in a middle way, i. e. neither well nor ill, Pl.Phd. 113d;

    μ. μεθύων Men.226

    ; μ. διατιθέναι in an intermediate way, D.H. Comp.14.
    b Gramm., in the middle voice, A.D. Synt.276.21.
    VI irreg. [comp] Comp.

    μεσαίτερος Pl.Prm. 165b

    : [comp] Sup.

    μεσαίτατος Hdt.4.17

    , Arist.Mu. 392b33, Gem.9.3, etc.; poet.

    μεσσότατος A.R.4.649

    , Man. 6.373. (Cf. Skt. mádhyas 'middle', Lat. medius, etc.)

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > μέσος

  • 111 παρά

    πᾰρά [pron. full] [ρᾰ], [dialect] Ep. and Lyr. also [full] παραί: shortd. [full] πάρ, in Hom., Lyr. (but rarely in Trag., in lyr. passages, A.Supp. 553, S.Tr. 636), and in all dial ects exc. [dialect] Att., GDI5434.8 ([place name] Paros), IG5(2).3.14 (Tegea, iv B. C.), Inscr.Magn.26.28 (Thess.), etc.:—Prep. c. gen., dat., and acc., prop.
    A beside: hence,
    A WITH GEN. prop. denoting motion from the side of, from beside, from:
    I of Place,

    πὰρ νηῶν ἔλθωμεν Il.13.744

    ;

    παρὰ ναῦφιν ἐλευσόμεθ' 12.225

    , etc.;

    παρ' Ὠκεανοῖο ῥοάων.. ἐπερχομένη Od.22.197

    ;

    πὰρ νηῶν ἀπώσεται Il.8.533

    , etc.;

    δῶρα π. νηὸς ἐνεικέμεν 19.194

    ;

    φάσγανον ὀξὺ ἐρυσσάμενος π. μηροῦ 1.190

    , cf. 21.173;

    σπασσάμενος.. ἄορ παχέος π. μηροῦ 16.473

    ; πλευρὰ παρ' ἀσπίδος ἐξεφαάνθη was exposed beside the shield, 4.468, cf. A.Th. 624.
    II commonly of Persons,
    1 with Verbs of going or coming, bringing, etc.,

    ἦλθε.. πὰρ Διός Il.2.787

    ;

    παρ' Αἰήταο πλέουσα Od.12.70

    , etc.;

    ἀγγελίη ἥκει π. βασιλέος Hdt.8.140

    .

    ά; αὐτομολήσαντες π. βασιλέως X.An.1.7.13

    ;

    ἐξεληλυθὼς παρ' Ἀριστάρχου D.21.117

    ; ὁ π. τινὸς ἥκων his messenger, X.Cyr.4.5.53; so

    οἱ π. τινός Th.7.10

    , Ev.Marc.3.21, etc.;

    ὅστις ἀφικνεῖτο τῶν π. βασιλέως πρὸς αὐτόν X.An.1.1.5

    , etc.; τεύχεα καλὰ φέρουσα παρ' Ἡφαίστοιο from his workshop, Il.18.137, cf. 617, etc.;

    ἀπαγγέλλειν τι π. τινός X.An.2.1.20

    ;

    σὺ δὲ οἰμώζειν αὐτοῖς παρ' ἐμοῦ λέγε Luc.DMort.1.2

    .
    2 issuing from a person, γίγνεσθαι π. τινός to be born from, Pl.Smp. 179b; λόγος (sc. ἐστί) π. Ἀθηναίων c. acc. et inf., Hdt.8.55: freq. following a Noun, δόξα ἡ π. τῶν ἀνθρώπων glory from (given by) men, Pl.Phdr. 232a; ἡ π. τινὸς εὔνοια the favour from, i. e. of, any one, X.Mem.2.2.12; τὸ παρ' ἐμοῦ ἀδίκημα done by me, Id.Cyr.5.5.13; τὰ π. τινός all that issues from any one, as commands, commissions, Id.An.2.3.4, etc.; or promises, gifts, presents, Id.Mem.3.11.13; τὰ παρ' ἐμοῦ my opinions, Pl.Smp. 219a; παρ' ἑωυτοῦ διδούς giving from oneself, i. e. from one's own means, Hdt. 2.129, 8.5;

    παρ' ἑαυτοῦ προσετίθει X.HG6.1.3

    ; νόμον θὲς παρ' ἐμοῦ by my advice, Pl.Prt. 322d; αὐτοὶ παρ' αὑτῶν of themselves, Id.Tht. 150d, cf. Phdr. 235c.
    3 with Verbs of receiving, obtaining, and the like ,

    τυχεῖν τινος π. τινός Od.6.290

    , 15.158;

    πὰρ δ' ἄρα μιν Ταφίων πρίατο 14.452

    ;

    ἀρέομαι πὰρ μὲν Σαλαμῖνος Ἀθαναίων χάριν Pi.P.1.76

    ;

    εὑρέσθαι τι π. τῶν θεῶν Isoc.9.14

    , cf. IG12.40.10; δέχεσθαι, λαμβάνειν, ἁρπάζειν π. τινός, Th.1.20, X.Oec.9.11, Hes.Th. 914; ἀντιάσαι, αἰτήσασθαι π. τινός, S.El. 870 (lyr.), X.HG3.1.4;

    ἀξιοῖ π. τοῦ ἰατροῦ φάρμακον πιὼν ἐξεμέσαι τὸ νόσημα Pl.R. 406d

    ;

    κόσμος τοῖς πράξασι γίγνεται π. τῶν ἀκουσάντων Id.Mx. 236e

    : without Verb,

    ὁ καρπὸς ὁ π. τῶν δημάρχων IG12.76.27

    : with Verbs of learning, etc.,

    μεμαθηκέναι π. τινῶν Hdt.2.104

    , etc.
    4 with [voice] Pass. Verbs,

    πὰρ Διὸς.. μῆνις ἐτύχθη Il.15.122

    ;

    π. θεῶν ἡ τοιαύτη μανία δίδοται Pl.Phdr. 245c

    , etc.; τὰ π. τῶν θεῶν σημαινόμενα, συμβουλευόμενα, X.Cyr.1.6.2; τὰ π. τινὸς λεγόμενα ib.6.1.42; τὰ π. τῆς τύχης δωρηθέντα the presents of.., Isoc.4.26;

    με π. σοῦ σοφίας πληρωθήσεσθαι Pl.Smp. 175e

    .
    III rarely for παρά c. dat., by, near,

    πὰρ ποδός Pi.P.10.62

    , 3.60; παρὰ δὲ κυανέων πελαγέων dub. l. in S.Ant. 966 (lyr.);

    τὸν Ῥειτὸν τὸν παρὰ τοῦ ἄστεως IG12.81.5

    ; πολλοὶ παρ' ἀμφοτέρων ἔπιπτον, = ἀμφοτέρωθεν, D.S.19.42.
    IV π. τῆς συγχωρήσεώς τινος without his consent, BCH46.337 ([place name] Teos).
    B WITH DAT. denoting rest by the side of any person or thing, answering the question where?
    I of Places, κατ' ἂρ ἕζετ'.. πὰρ πυρί, ἔκειτο π. σηκῷ, Od.7.154, 9.319;

    νέμονται π. πέτρῃ 13.408

    ;

    ἑσταότες παρ ὄχεσφιν Il.8.565

    ; πὰρ ποσὶ μαρναμένων ἐκυλίνδετο at their feet, 14.411, etc.; π. θύρῃσι at the door, 7.346;

    π. ῥηγμῖνι θαλάσσης 2.773

    ;

    δεῖπνον.. εἵλοντο παρ' ὄχθῃσιν ποταμοῖο Od.6.97

    , cf. Il.4.475, 20.53, etc.;

    κεῖσθαι παρ' Ἅιδῃ S.OT 972

    ; παρ' οἴνῳ over wine, ib. 780, etc.
    2 at one's house or place, with one,

    μένειν π. τισί 9.427

    ;

    θητευέμεν ἄλλῳ, ἀνδρὶ παρ' ἀκλήρῳ Od.11.490

    ;

    φιλέεσθαι π. τινί Il.13.627

    ; παρ' ἑωυτοῖσι at their own house, Hdt.1.105, cf. 86;

    παιδευθῆναι π. τινί X.Cyr.1.2.15

    ;

    καταλύειν π. τινί D.18.82

     (but

    παρά τινα καταλῦσαι Th.1.136

    ), etc.: hence οἱ παρ' ἐμοί those of my household, X.Mem.2.7.4, etc.; τὰ παρ' ἐμοί life with me, Id.An. 1.7.4; οἱ παρ' ἡμῖν ἄνθρωποι our people, Pl.Phd. 64b; ἡ παρ' ἡμῖν πολιτεία, ὁ παρ' ὑμῖν δῆμος, D.15.19; ὁ παρ' αὑτῷ βίοτος one's own life, S.OT 612;

    τὸ παρ' ἡμῖν πῦρ Pl.Phlb. 29f

    ;

    ὅσος παρ' ὑμῖν ὁ φθόνος φυλάσσεται S.OT 382

    ;

    τὸ παρ' ἡμῖν σῶμα Pl.Phlb. 29f

    ; also, in one's hands,

    τὰ π. τοῖς Ἑλληνοταμίαις ὄντα IG12.91.6

    ;

    ἔχειν παρ' ἑωυτῷ Hdt. 1.130

    , etc.; οὔπω παρ' ἐμοὶ τότ' ἦν λέγειν I had no right to speak then, Men.Epit.98.
    3 before, in the presence of,

    ἤειδε π. μνηστῆρσιν Od. 1.154

    ; before a judge,

    δίκας γίγνεσθαι π. τῷ πολεμάρχῳ IG12.16.9

    ;

    π. Δαρείῳ κριτῇ Hdt.3.160

    ;

    π. τῷ βασιλέϊ Id.4.65

    ;

    παρὰ δικασταῖς Th. 1.73

    ;

    εἰς κρίσιν καθιστάναι τινὰ π. τισί D.18.13

    : hence παρ' ἐμοί in my judgement, Hdt.1.32, cf. S.Tr. 589, E.Heracl. 881, 1 Ep.Cor.3.19; π. τούτῳ μέγα δυνήσεται with him, Pl.Grg. 510e.
    4 in quoting authors, παρ' Ἐφόρῳ, παρ' Αἰσχίνῃ, π. Θουκυδίδῃ, in Ephorus, etc., Plb. 9.2.4, D.H.Comp.9,18.
    III Arc., = π. c. gen., from,

    καθὰ εἶχον τὰς ἰντολὰς π. τᾷ ἰδίᾳ πόλι SIG559.9

     (Megalop., iii B. C.), cf. 558.10 (Ithaca, iii B. C.).
    C WITH ACCUS. in three main senses,
    I beside, near, by,
    II along,
    III past, beyond.
    I beside, near, by:
    1 with Verbs of coming, going, etc., to the side of, to,

    ἴτην π. νῆας Il.1.347

    , cf. 8.220, etc.;

    βῆ.. π. θῖνα 1.34

    , cf. 327, etc.; τρέψας πὰρ ποταμόν to the side of.., 21.603, cf. 3.187: more freq. of persons, εἶμι παρ' Ἥφαιστον to the chamber of H., 18.143, cf. Od.1.285, etc.;

    ἐσιόντες π. τοὺς φίλους Th.2.51

    , etc.;

    φοιτᾶν π. τὸν Σωκράτη Pl.Phd. 59d

    ; πέμπειν ἀγγέλους, πρέσβεις π. τινά, Hdt. 1.141, Th.1.58, etc.;

    ἄγειν π. τινά Hdt.1.86

    ;

    καταφυγὴ π. φίλων τινάς Th.2.17

    .
    2 with Verbs of rest, beside, near, by, sts. with ref. to past motion (expressed in such phrases as

    ἧσο παρ' αὐτὸν ἰοῦσα Il.3.406

    , cf. 11.577),

    ἔς ῥα θρόνους ἕζοντο παρ' Ἀτρεΐδην Μενέλαον Od.4.51

    , cf. 13.372; κεῖται ποταμοῖο παρ' ὄχθας lies stretched beside.., Il.4.487, cf. 12.381; παρ' ἔμ' ἵστασο come and stand by me, 11.314, cf. 592, 20.49, etc.;

    π. πυθμέν' ἐλαίης θῆκαν Od.13.122

    ;

    καταθέτω π. τὰ ἴκρια IG12.94.28

    ; κοιμήσαντο π. πρυμνήσια they lay down by.., Od.12.32, cf. 3.460;

    ὁ παρ' ἐμὲ καθήμενος Pl.Euthd. 271b

    , cf. Phd. 89b; ἐκάθητο π. τὴν πύλην, π. τὴν ὁδόν, LXX Ge.19.1, Ev.Marc. 10.46;

    παρ' αὐτὸν τὸν καλέσαντα κατακείμενος δειπνῆσαι Thphr.Char. 21.2

    , cf. Pl.Smp. 175c;

    ἐκαθέζετο π. τὸν Λύσιν Id.Ly. 211a

    , cf. R. 328c;

    στὰς παρ' αὐτόν Id.Phd. 116c

    ;

    τέμενος νεμόμεσθα.. παρ' ὄχθας Il.12.313

    , cf. 6.34, IG12.943.45;

    τοῦ Εὐρίπου, παρ' ὃν ᾤκει Aeschin.3.90

    ;

    κατελείφθη π. τὸν νηόν Hdt.4.87

    ;

    τὴν παρ' ἐμὲ ἐοῦσαν δύναμιν Id.8.140

    .ά (v.l. ἐμοί)

    ; εἶπεν αὐτῷ μένειν παρ' ἑαυτόν X.Cyr.1.4.18

    , cf. An.1.9.31, Ar.Fr. 451, Is.8.16, Alex.248, Demetr.Com. Nov.1.5, IG22.654.23 (iii B. C.), Plb.3.26.1, 11.14.3, 28.14.3;

    ἡ π. θάλασσαν Μακεδονία Th.2.99

    , cf. S.El. 184 (lyr.), Tr. 636 (lyr.);

    Καρβασυανδῆς π. Καῦνον IG12.204.52

    ;

    τὸ κουρεῖον τὸ π. τοὺς Ἑρμᾶς Lys.23.3

    , cf. And.1.62, Is.6.20, 8.35, Aeschin. 1.182, 3.88, Lycurg.112;

    τᾶς παστάδος τᾶς παρ' Ἀπόλλωνα IG42

     (1).109 iii 146 (Epid.); παρ' ὄμμα before one's eyes, E.Supp. 484; π. πόδας on the spot, Phld.Ir.p.78 W., Rh.2.2 S.; immediately thereafter, Plb.1.7.5, 1.8.2, al.
    b [dialect] Dor., [dialect] Boeot., and Thess., = supr. B. 11.2, at the house of.., with a person, IG7.3171.7 (Orchom. [dialect] Boeot.), GDI 1717 (Delph.); παρ' ἁμὲ πολυτίματος [ὁ σῖτος] Ar.Ach. 759 (Megar.);

    τοῖς κατοικέντεσσι πὰρ ἀμμέ IG9(2).517.18

     (Larissa, iii B. C.); τοῖ πὰρ ἀμμὲ πολιτεύματος ib.13;

    πεπολιτευκὼρ πὰρ ἁμέ Schwyzer 425.5

     (Elis, iii/ii B. C.): so in [dialect] Att., θέμενος π. γυναῖκας depositing with.., Pl. R. 465c.
    3 with Verbs of striking, wounding, etc.,

    βάλε στῆθος π. μαζόν Il.4.480

    , etc.;

    τὸν δ' ἕτερον.. κληῗδα παρ' ὦμον πλῆξε 5.146

    ;

    τύψε κατὰ κληῗδα παρ' αὐχένα 21.117

    , cf. 4.525, 8.325, etc.;

    αἰχμὴ δ' ἐξελύθη παρὰ νείατον ἀνθερεῶνα 5.293

    , cf. 17.310; δησάμενος τελαμῶνι π. σφυρόν ib. 290.
    4 with Verbs of placing, examining, etc., side by side with..,

    ὁ ἔλεγχος π. τὸν ἔλεγχον παραβαλλόμενος Pl.Grg. 475e

    , cf. Hp.Mi. 369c, Smp. 214c, R. 348a;

    ἐξέτασον παρ' ἄλληλα τὰ σοὶ κἀμοὶ βεβιωμένα D.18.265

    ;

    ἄλλα παρ' ἄλλατιθέμενα.. τῶν χρωμάτων Arist.Mete. 375a24

    .
    b Geom., παραβάλλειν π. apply an area to (i. e. along) a finite straight line, Euc.1.44, Archim.Aequil.2.1;

    π. τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτοῦ γραμμὴν παρατείναντα Pl. Men. 87a

    ; ἡ [εὐθεῖα] παρ' ἣν δύνανται αἱ καταγόμεναι τεταγμένως the line to which are applied the squares of the or dinates, etc., Apollon. Perg.Con.1.11: hence,
    c Arith., παραβάλλειν τι π. τι divide by.. (v.

    παραβάλλω A.

     VII. 2);

    μερίζω τι π. τι Dioph.4.33

    ; ἐπὶ γ π. ί multiply by 3 and divide by 10, PLond.5.1718.2 (vi A. D.).
    5 Geom., parallel to.., Democr.155, Arist. Top. 158b31, Archim.Sph. Cyl.1.12, al.
    6 metaph. in Gramm., like, as a parody of.., π. τὸ Σοφόκλειον, π. τὰ ἐν Τεύκρῳ Σοφοκλέους, Sch.Ar.Av. 1240, Nu. 584.
    b Gramm., of words which differ as compared with other words, π. τὸ τοῦ ἔρωτος ὄνομα σμικρὸν παρηγμένον ἐστίν.. [τὸ ἥρως] Pl.Cra. 398d, cf. 399a, Lg. 654a: hence, derived from.., π. τὸ ἔδαφος, δάπεδον, A.D. Pron.31.16; π. τὸ δρῶ δρᾶμα Sch.A.R.2.624;

    σύγκειται [τὸ αὐθέντης] π. τὸ εἷναι.. καὶ π. τὸ αὐτός Phryn.PSp.24

     B.
    7 generally, of Comparison, alongside of, compared with, usu. implying superiority,

    δοκέοντες π. ταῦτα οὐδ' ἂν τοὺς σοφωτάτους ἀνθρώπων Αἰγυπτίους οὐδὲν ἐπεξευρεῖν Hdt.2.160

    , cf. 7.20, 103;

    ἡλίου ἐκλείψεις αἳ πυκνότεραι π. τὰ ἐκ τοῦ πρὶν χρόνου μνημονευόμενα ξυνέβησαν Th.1.23

    , cf. 4.6;

    τῶν ἁπάντων ἀπερίοπτοί εἰσι π. τὸ νικᾶν Id.1.41

    ;

    π. τὰ ἄλλα ζῷα ὥσπερ θεοὶ ἄνθρωποι βιοτεύουσι X.Mem.1.4.14

    ;

    φαίνεται π. τὸ ἀλγεινὸν ἡδὺ καὶ π. τὸ ἡδὺ ἀλγεινὸν ἡ ἡσυχία Pl.R. 584a

    , cf. Phdr. 236d, La. 183c, al.;

    εὐδαίμων μᾶλλον π. πάντας BCH26.332

     ([place name] Halae);

    προετέρει π. πάντας PSI 4.422.34

     (iii B. C.): sts. implying inferiority or defect, ἠλάττωσας αὐτὸν βραχύ τι παρ' ἀγγέλους a little lower than the angels, LXX Ps. 8.6; μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ ὑστεροῦσι π. τὸν ἥλιον lag one day behind the sun, Gem.8.19; so perh. παρ' αὐτόν, ὑπὲρ αὐτόν (has passed the ball?) short of him, beyond him, Antiph.234; μέγα τοι ἡμέρα παρ' ἡμέραν γιγνομένη γνώμην ἐξ ὀργῆς μεταστῆσαι one day compared with another is important.., a day's delay makes a difference, Antipho 5.72; τί γὰρ παρ' ἦμαρ ἡμέρα τέρπειν ἔχει προσθεῖσα κἀναθεῖσα τοῦ γε κατθανεῖν; what joy has one day compared with another to offer, since it only brings us nearer to, or farther from, death (which is neither good nor evil)? S.Aj. 475; ὃς μὲν κρίνει (prefers) ἡμέραν παρ' ἡμέραν, ὃς δὲ κρίνει (approves)

    πᾶσαν ἡμέραν Ep.Rom.14.5

    .
    8 with Verbs of estimating, to set at so and so much, hence π. = equivalent to.., ταρβῶ μὴ.. θῆται παρ' οὐδὲν τὰς ἐμὰς ἐπιστολάς set at nought, E.IT 732, cf. A. Ag. 229 (lyr.);

    παρ' οὐδὲν ἄγειν S.Ant.35

    ; π. μικρὸν ἡγεῖσθαι or ποιεῖσθαί τι hold of small account, Isoc.5.79, D.61.51;

    παρ' ὀλίγον ποιεῖσθαί τινα X.An.6.6.11

    ; so with εἶναι, etc., παρ' οὐδέν ἐστι are as nothing, S.OT 983, cf. Ant. 466;

    παρ' οὐδὲν αὐταῖς ἦν ἂν ὀλλύναι πόσεις E.Or. 569

    ;

    οὐ π. μέγα ἔσεσθαι τὸ πταῖσμα Arr.An.1.18.6

    ; so perh. π. σμικρὰ κεχώρηκε have turned out of little account, have amounted to little, Hdt.1.120.
    b in Accountancy, without a verb, π. τὴν καταλλαγήν on account of κ., PHib.1.100.4 (iii B. C.).
    9 of correspondence, ὀφείλειν στατῆρα π. στατῆρα stater for stater (one to each of two creditors), BCH50.214 (Thasos, v B. C.);

    πληγὴν π. πληγὴν ἑκάτερον Ar.Ra. 643

    ; συνεῖναι ἑκατέρῳ ἡμέραν παρ' ἡμέραν stayed day for day with each, D.59.46; hence of alternation, ποιεῖσθαι ἁγνείας καὶ θυσίας δύο π. δύο, of four priests acting two and two alternately, BGU1198.12 (i B. C.); τοῦ καθημερινοῦ ἢ μίαν π. μίαν (sc. ἡμέραν) [πυρετοῦ] quotidian or tertian fever, ib.956.3 (iii A. D.): sts. without doubling of the Noun, παρ' ἡμέρην, opp. καθ' ἡμέρην, tertian, opp. quotidian, Hp.Aph.1.12; καθ' ἡμέραν, παρ' ἡμέραν, π. δύο, π. τρεῖς every day, every second day, every third (fourth) day, Arr.Epict.2.18.13; π. μίαν every second day, Plb.3.110.4; παρ' ἐνιαυτόν every second year, Plu.Cleom.15; παρ' ἔτος year and year about, Arist.GA 757a7; every second year, Paus.8.15.2; π. μέρος by turns (v. μέρος II. 2);

    ὁ ἀνὰ μέρος παρ' ἓξ μῆνας ὑπὲρ γῆν τε καὶ ὑπὸ γῆν γινόμενος Ἄδωνις Corn. ND28

    ; π. μῆνα τρίτον every third month, Arist.HA 582b4, cf. Plu.2.942e; but π. τρία [ἔτεα] prob. every fourth year, IG5(2).422 ([place name] Phigalea), cf. Arr.Epict. l.c.; ἕνα παρ' ἕνα παραλειπτέον every second one, Nicom.Ar.1.18; ἕνα π. δύο ([etym.] τρεῖς) every third (fourth) one, ibid.; παρὰ δ' ἄλλαν ἄλλα μοῖρα διώκει now one now another, E.Heracl. 611.
    10 precisely at the moment of, παρ' αὐτὰ τἀδικήματα flagrante delicto, D.18.13, 21.26;

    ἀποδώσω π. τὸν εὔθυνον τὸ καθῆκον IG12.188.31

    ; π. τοιοῦτον καιρόν, π. τὰς χρείας, D.20.41,46; π. τὰ δεινά in the midst of danger, Plu.Ant.63;

    π. τὴν πρώτην γένεσιν Jul.Or.1.10b

    ; π. τὴν πρώτην (sc. ἐπίθεσιν) at the first attack, Hld.9.2;

    π. γε τὴν πρώτην ὁρμήν Ael.NA14.10

    .
    b distributively, whether of Time, π. τὰ ἑβδομήκοντα ἔτεα in each complete period of seventy years, Hdt.1.32;

    ἐν ταῖς ὁδοιπορίαις π. στάδια διακόσια.. τοῖς ἑκατὸν σταδίοις διήνεγκαν ἀλλήλων X.Oec.20.18

    ; πὰρ Ϝέτος each year, every year, Tab.Heracl. 1.101;

    π. τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν ἕκαστον IG12(7).5.14

     ([place name] Amorgos); παρ' ἆμάρ τε καὶ νύκτα day and night, B.Fr.7; or more generally, πὰρ τὰν ἐλαίαν in respect of each olive plant, Tab.Heracl.1.122; παρ' ἡμέραν αἱ ἀμίαι πολὺ ἐπιδήλως αὐξάνονται from day to day, per day, Arist.HA 571a21;

    τὸ παρ' ἑκάστην βάσιν γινόμενον μικρὸν πολὺ γίνεται π. πολλάς Id.Pr. 881b26

    ;

    ἡ παρ' ἡμέραν χάρις D.8.70

    ;

    τὸ παρ' ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἡδύ Pl. Lg. 705a

    .
    c παρ' ἆμαρ on (this) day, to-day, τὸ μὲν πὰρ ἆμαρ, τὸ δέ .. to-day and to-morrow, Pi.P.11.63; but παρ' ἦμαρ to-morrow, S. OC 1455 (lyr.).
    d throughout a period of time,

    π. τὴν ζόην Hdt. 7.46

    ;

    π. τὸν βίον ἅπαντα Pl.Lg. 733a

    ;

    π. πάντα τὸν χρόνον D.18.10

    ; also more loosely, during, π. τὴν πόσιν while they were drinking, Hdt.2.121.

    δ; π. τὸν πότον Aeschin.2.156

    ;

    π. τὴν κύλικα Plu.Ant.24

    ; π. δεῖπνον or π. τὸ δεῖπνον, Id.2.737a,674f.
    II along,

    ὄνος παρ' ἄρουραν ἰών Il.11.558

    ;

    βῆ δὲ θέειν π. τεῖχος 12.352

    ;

    π. ῥόον Ὠκεανοῖο ᾔομεν Od. 11.21

    ;

    ἔπλεον π. τὴν ἤπειρον Hdt.7.193

    ;

    π. πᾶσαν τὴν ὁδόν Isoc.4.148

    ; ὀρθὴν παρ' οἶμον.. τύμβον κατόψει straight along the road, E.Alc. 835;

    παρ' ὅλην τὴν φάραγγα Plb.10.30.3

    ; παρ' αὐτὴν τὴν χαράδραν παραπορευομένων ib.9; for παραβάλλειν π., v. supr. c. 1.4b.
    2 strictly according to, without deviating from,

    εἶμι π. στάθμην ὀρθὴν ὁδόν Thgn. 945

    , cf. S.Fr.474.5; ὠμοί τε δούλοις πάντα καὶ π. στάθμην, i.e. too strict, A.Ag. 1045; π. τὸν λόγον ὃν ἀποφέρουσιν.. ἐπιδείξω I will prove to you strictly according to the accounts which they themselves submit, D.27.34.
    III past, beyond,

    παρὰ σκοπιὴν καὶ ἐρινεὸν ἠνεμόεντα.. ἐσσεύοντο Il.22.145

    , cf. Od.3.172, 24.12;

    βῆ δὲ π. Κρουνούς h.Ap. 425

    ; π. τὴν Βαβυλῶνα παριέναι pass by Babylon, X.Cyr.5.2.29; παρ' αὐτὴν τὴν χύτραν ἄκραν ὁρῶντες looking over the edge of.., Ar.Av. 390.
    2 metaph., over and above, in addition to,

    οὐκ ἔστι π. ταῦτ' ἄλλα Id.Nu. 698

    ;

    π. ταῦτα πάντα ἕτερόν τι Pl.Phd. 74a

    , cf.R. 337d, D.18.139, X.HG 1.5.5; ἑκὼν ἐπόνει π. τοὺς ἄλλους more than the others, Id.Ages.5.3, cf. Mem.4.4.1, Oec.20.16;

    ἃ τῷ ῥαψῳδῷ προσήκει καὶ σκοπεῖσθαι καὶ διακρίνειν π. τοὺς ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους Pl. Ion 539e

    .
    3 metaph., in excess over, πὰρ δύναμιν beyond one's strength, Il.13.787, cf. Th.1.70, Hyp.Lyc.16, Arist.Rh.Al. 1423b29;

    π. τὴν δ. Id.Po. 1451b38

    .
    4 metaph., in transgression or violation of,

    π. μοῖραν Od.14.509

    ;

    π. μοῖραν Δίος Alc.Supp. 14.10

    ; παρ' αἶσαν, παρὰ δίκαν, Pi.P.8.13, O.2.16, etc.;

    π. τὸ δίκαιον Th.5.90

    , etc.; π. τὰς σπονδάς, τὸν νόμον, Id.1.67, X.HG1.7.14;

    π. φύσιν Th.6.17

    , cf. Pl.Lg. 747b; π. τὴν στήλην prob. in IG12.45.20; π. καιρόν out of season, Pi.O.8.24, etc.; π. γνώμαν ib.12.10, cf. A.Supp. 454; π. δόξαν, π. τὸ δοκοῦν ἡμῖν, π. λόγον, Th.3.93, 1.84, Plb.2.38.5; παρ' ἐλπίδα or ἐλπίδας, A.Ag. 899, S.Ant. 392, etc.; πὰρ μέλος out of tune, Pi.N.7.69;

    π. τὴν ἀξίαν Th.7.77

    , etc.; π. τὸ εἰωθός, τὸ καθεστηκός, Id.4.17, 1.98.
    5 π. τοσοῦτον ἦλθε κινδύνου, = παρῆλθε τοσοῦτον κινδύνου, passed over so much ground within the sphere of danger, i.e. incurred such imminent peril, Id.3.49, cf. 7.2; in such phrases the tmesis was forgotten, and the acc. came to be governed by παρά, which thus came to mean 'by such and such a margin', ' with so much to spare', ἐνίκησαν π. πολύ, ἡσσηθέντες π. πολύ, Id.1.29, 2.89, cf. Pl. Ap. 36a; παρὰ δ' ὀλίγον ἀπέφυγες only just, E.IT 870 (lyr.);

    παρ' ὀλίγον ἢ διέφευγον ἢ ἀπώλλυντο Th.7.71

    ; δεινότατον π. πολύ by far, Ar.Pl. 445; παρ' ὅσον quatenus, Luc.Nec.17, etc.; π. δύο ψήφους ἀπέφυγε by two votes, Hyp.Eux.28, cf. D.23.205;

    π. τέτταρας ψήφους μετέσχε τῆς πόλεως Is.3.37

    ; π. τοσοῦτον ἐγένετο αὐτῷ μὴ περιπεσεῖν by so much (= little) he missed falling in with.., Th.8.33; π. πέντε ναῦς πλέον ἀνδρὶ ἑκάστῳ ἢ τρεῖς ὀβολοὶ ὡμολογήθησαν ib.29; οὐ π. μικρὸν ἐποίησαν they made no little difference, Isoc.4.59.
    b in phrases like π. τοσοῦτον ἦλθε κινδύνου, τοσοῦτον was sts. understood of the interval from danger, etc., and παρά came to mean 'by so much short of' (

    τὸ π. μικρὸν ὥσπερ οὐδὲν ἀπέχειν δοκεῖ Arist.Ph. 197a29

    ), within such and such a distance of, so near to, τὴν Ἠϊόνα π. νύκτα ἐγένετο (sc. αὐτῷ) λαβεῖν he was within one night of taking E., Th.4.106; π. μικρὸν ἦλθον ἀποθανεῖν I came within a little of.., Isoc. 19.22, cf. Plb.1.43.7, Plu. Caes. 39; παρ' ἐλάχιστον ἦλθε.. ἀφελέσθαι was within an ace of taking away, Th.8.76; παρ' οὐδὲν μὲν ἦλθον ἀποκτεῖναι (were within a mere nothing, within an ace of killing him),

    ἐξεκήρυξαν δ' ἐκ πόλεως Aeschin. 3.258

    , cf. Plu.Pyrrh. 14, Alex.62; π. τοσοῦτον ἦλθε διαφυγεῖν so near he came to escaping, Luc.Cat.4;

    παρὰ ἓν πάλαισμα ἔδραμε νικᾶν Ὀλυμπιάδα Hdt.9.33

    ;

    παρ' οὐδὲν ἐλθόντες τοῦ ἀποβαλεῖν Plb.1.45.14

    , cf. 2.55.4, D.S.17.42: hence without ἐγένετο or ἐλθεῖν, π. μίαν μονάδα (less) by one, i.e. less one, Nicom.Ar.1.8; τεσσαράκοντα π. μίαν, = 39, 2 Ep.Cor.11.24; παρ' ἕνα τοσοῦτοι the same number less one, Plu. Publ.9; σύ μοι παρ' ἕνα ἥκεις ἄγων you have brought me one too few, Luc.Cat.4;

    δύναται π. δύο συλλαβὰς εἶναι τὸ καταληκτόν Heph.4.2

    ; τὰ ὁλοκόττινα ηὑρέθησαν π. ἑπτὰ κεράτια seven carats short, PMasp.70.2 (vi A. D.); πάντες παρ' ἕνα, πάντες παρ' ὀλίγους, all save one (a few), Plu.Cat.Mi.20, Ant.5;

    ἔτη δύο π. ἡμέρας δύο IG5(1).801

     ([place name] Laconia); of one Μάρκος, θηρίον εἶ π. γράμμα you are a bear ([etym.] ἄρκος) all but a letter, AP11.231 (Ammian.); ὡς π. τι καὶ τὰς ὄψεις ἀφανίσαι so that he all but (lit. less something) lost his sight, Vett.Val.228.6; π. τι βυθίζεσθαι v.l. in Ev.Luc.5.7; τὸ π. τοῦτο the figure less that, i.e. the remainder or difference, PTeb.99.10 (ii B. C.), cf. POxy.264.4 (i A. D.), PAmh.2.148.5 (v A. D.); hence of any difference whether of excess or defect, οὐδὲν π. τοῦτο ποιούμενοι τοὺς.. Λευκανούς τε καὶ τοὺς.. Σαυνίτας making no difference between.., Str.6.1.3, cf. 14.5.11, Plu.2.24c.
    6 hence of the margin by which anything increases or decreases, and so of the cause according to which anything comes into existence or varies,

    τὸ εὖ π. μικρὸν διὰ πολλῶν ἀριθμῶν γίνεται Polyclit.2

     (cf. μικρός III. 5 c); διαφέρει π. τὰς τῶν παθημάτων ἐναντιώσεις according to.., Arist.HA 486b5;

    μεταπίπτει π. τὰ κλίματα Gem. 5.29

    , cf. 11.5, al.; π. τὰ πράγματα cj. in Apollod.Car.11.
    7 more generally of the margin by which an event occurs, i.e. of the necessary and sufficient cause or motive (

    τὸ μὴ π. τοῦτο γίνεσθαι τότε λέγομεν, ὅταν ἀναιρεθέντος τούτου μηδὲν ἧττον περαίνηται ὁ συλλογισμός Arist.APr. 65b6

    , cf. 48a24, al.), κεινὰν π. δίαιταν just for the sake of unsatisfying food, Pi.O.2.65; ἕκαστος οὐ π. τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἀμέλειαν οἴεται βλάψειν each thinks that his own negligence will not suffice to cause injury, Th.1.141, cf. Isoc.3.48; π. τὴν αὑτοῦ ἁμαρτίαν all through his own fault, Antipho 3.4.5, cf. Isoc.6.52, D.4.11, 18.232; πολλὰ.. ἐστιν αἴτια τούτων, καὶ οὐ παρ' ἓν οὐδὲ δύ' εἰς τοῦτο τὰ πράγματ' ἀφῖκται not from one or two causes only, Id.9.2; οὐ π. τοῦτο οὐκ ἔστι it does not follow that it is not.., 1 Ep.Cor.12.15; π. τὸ τὴν ἀρίθμησιν ποιήσασθαι ἐξ ἑτοίμου τοὺς ἐργώνας οὐκ ὀλίγα χρήματα περιεποίησε τῇ πόλει by the simple fact of prompt payment, IPE12.32B35 (Olbia, iii B. C.);

    οὐδὲν ἂν παρ' ἕνα ἄνθρωπον ἐγένετο τούτων Lycurg.63

    , cf. Plb.3.103.2, 18.28.6, al.; οὐδεὶς παρ' ἑαυτόν ἐστι βασιλεύς thanks to himself alone, Aristeas 224;

    παρ' αὑτὸν ἀτυχεῖ Arr.Epict.3.24.2

    , cf. Phld.Rh.2.16 S.;

    παρ' ἡμᾶς ἡ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀπόστασις Hierocl. in CA25p.477M.

    ; εἶναι π. τοῦτο σωτηρίαν τε πόλει καὶ τοὐναντίον, i.e. on this depends.., Pl.Lg. 715d, cf. X.Eq.Mag.1.5, D.C.Fr.36.5;

    π. μίαν ἡμέραν καὶ ἓν πρᾶγμα καὶ ἀπόλλυται προκοπὴ καὶ σῴζεται Epict.Ench.51.2

    ; π. τὸ Ἕλληνά με εἶναι just because I am a Greek, UPZ7.13 (ii B. C.);

    π. τὸ ἀγαπᾶν αὐτὸν αὐτήν LXX Ge.29.20

    , cf. Ex.14.11; later more loosely, because of.., Phld.Rh.1.158 S., Gem.6.24, etc.; οὐδὲν π. σὲ γέγονε it is no fault of yours, PRyl.243.6 (ii A. D.), cf. POxy.1420.7 (ii A. D.).
    8 of a limit of possibility,

    εἴπερ ἐνεδέχετο π. τοὺς παρόντας καιρούς D.18.239

    ; πεῖσαι τό γε παρ' αὑτόν to persuade (the judges) so far as in you lies, Arr.Epict.2.2.20; οἴμωζε παρ' ἐμέ as far as I am concerned, for all I care, Ar.Av. 846.
    D POSITION: παρά may follow its Subst. in all three cases, but then becomes by anastrophe πάρα: when the ult. is elided, the practice varies,

    τῇσι παρ' Il.18.400

    ; but Ἡφαίστοιο πάρ' ib. 191.
    E παρά abs., as ADV., near, together, Il.1.611, al., E.IA 201 (lyr.).
    F πάρα (with anastrophe) stands for πάρεστι and πάρεισι, Il.1.174, Hes.Op. 454, A.Pers. 167, Hdt.1.42, al., S.El. 285, Ar.Ach. 862, etc.
    I alongside of, beside, of rest, παράκειμαι, παράλληλοι, παρέζομαι, πάρειμι (εἰμί), παρίστημι; of motion, παραπλέω, πάρειμι ([etym.] εἶμι).
    II to the side of, to, παραδίδωμι, παρέχω.
    III to one side of, by, past, παρέρχομαι, παροίχομαι, παραπέμπω, παρακμάζω, παρατρέχω.
    IV metaph.,
    1 aside or beyond, i.e. amiss, wrong, παραβαίνω, παράγω, παροράω, παρορκέω, παρακούω, παραγιγνώσκω.
    2 of comparison, as in παραβάλλω, παρατίθημι.
    3 of alteration or change, as in παραλλάσσω, παραπείθω, παραπλάσσω, παρατεκταίνω, παραυδάω, παράφημι.
    4 of a side-issue, παραπόλλυμι. (Cogn. with Goth. faúr 'along', Lat. por-.)

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > παρά

  • 112 HAFA

    * * *
    (hefi; hafða, höfðum; hafðr), v.
    1) to have (þeir höfðu sjau skip ok flest stór);
    hafa elda, to keep up a five;
    2) to hold, celebrate (hafa vinaboð, blót, þing);
    3) to keep, retain (rifu þær vefinn í sundr, ok hafði hverr þat er hélt á);
    4) to use (tvau net eru rý, ok hafa eigi höfð verit);
    orð þau sem hann hafði um haft, which he had made use of;
    hafa fagrmæli við e-n, to flatter one;
    hafa hljóðmæli við e-n, to speak secretly to one;
    hafa tvimæli á e-u, to speak doubtfully of a thing;
    hafa viðrmæli um e-t, to use mocking words;
    hann var mjök hafðr við mál manna, much used to, versed in, lawsuits;
    5) to have, hold, maintain;
    hafa vináttu við e-n, to maintain friendship with one;
    hafa hættumikit, to run a great risk;
    hafa heilindi, to have good health;
    6) to bring, carry;
    hafa e-n heim með sér, to bring one home;
    hann hafði lög, út hingat ór Noregi, he brought laws hither from Norway;
    hafa sik (to betake oneself) til annara landa;
    7) to take, carry off;
    troll hafi þik, the trolls take thee;
    8) to get, gain, win;
    hann hafði eigi svefn, he got no sleep;
    hefir sá jafnan, er hættir, he wins that ventures;
    hafa gagn, sigr, to gain victor;
    hafa meira hlut, to get the upper hand, gain the day;
    hafa sitt mál, to win one’s suit;
    hafa tafl, to win the game;
    hafa erendi, to do one’s errand, succeed;
    hafa bana, to suffer death, to die;
    hafa sigr, to be worsted;
    hafa góðar viðtökur, to be well received;
    hafa tíðindi af e-m, to get tidings of, or from, one;
    hafa sœmd, óvirðing af e-m, to get honour, disgrace from one;
    with gen., hafa e-s ekki, to fail to catch one (hann kemst á skóg undan, ok höfðu þeir hans ekki);
    ekki munu vér hans hafa at sinni, we shall not catch him at present;
    9) to wear carry (clothes, weapons);
    hann hafði blán kyrtil, he wore a blue kirtle;
    hafa kylfu í hendi sér, to have a club in one’s hand;
    10) to behave, do, or fare, so an so esp. with an adv.;
    hafa vel, illa, vetr, to behave (do) well, badly, be worse;
    hafa sik vel, to behave;
    11) with infin., hafa at varðveita, to have in keeping at selja, to have on sale;
    lög hafið þér at mæla, you are right;
    12) hafa e-n nær e-u, to expose one to (þú hafðir svá nær haft oss úfœru);
    hafa nær e-u, to come near to, esp. impers.;
    nær hafði okkr nú, it was a narrow escape;
    svá nær hafði hausinum, at, the shot so nearly touched the head, that;
    ok er nær hafði, skipit mundi fljóta, when the ship was on the point of flloating;
    13) as an auxiliary verb, in the earliest time with the pp. of transitive verbs in acc.;
    hefir þú hamar um fólginn, hast thou hidden the hammer?;
    ek hefi sendan mann, I have sent a man;
    later with indecl. neut. pp.;
    hefir þú eigi sét mik, hast thou not seen me?;
    14) with preps.:
    hafa e-t at, to do, act;
    hann tók af þér konuna, en þú hafðir ekki at, but thou didst not stir, didst take it tamely;
    absol., viltu þess freista, ok vita hvat at hafi, wilt thou try and see what happens?;
    hafa e-t at hlífiskildi (skotspœni), to use as a shield (as a target);
    hafa e-n háði, hlátri, to mock, laugh at;
    hafa e-t at engu, vettugi, to hold for naught, take no notice of;
    hafa sakir á e-n have charges against one;
    hafa á rás, to take to one’s heels, run off;
    hafa e-t fram, to produce (vápn þorgils vóru fram höfð); to carry out, hold forth;
    hafa mál fram, to proceed with a suit;
    var um búit, ekki fram haft, all was made ready but nothing done;
    hafa e-t frammi, í frammi, to use, make use of (hafa í frammi kúgan);
    ok öll lögmæt skil frammi hafa, and discharge all on official duties;
    hafa e-t fyrir satt, to hold for true;
    eigi em ek þar fyrir sönnu hafðr, I am not truly aimed for that, it is a false charge;
    hafa e-n fyrir sökum um e-t, to charge one with;
    hafa í hótum við e-n, to threaten one;
    hafa e-t með höndum, to have in hand;
    höfum eiai sigrinn ór hendi, let not victory slip out of our hands;
    hafa ór við e-n, to behave so and so towards one (hefir þú illa ór haft við mik);
    hafa e-t til e-s to use for (höfðu þeir til varnar skot ok spjót); to be a reason or ground for;
    vér hyggjum þat til þess haft vera, at þar hafi menn sézt, we believe the foundation of the story is that men have been seen there;
    hafa mikit (lítit) til síns máls, to have much (little) in support of one’s case;
    hafa e-t til, to have at hand, possess;
    orð þau, sem hann hafði um haft, the words which he had used;
    keisari hafði fátt um, did not say much;
    hafa e-n undir, to get one under, subdue one;
    hafa e-t uppi, to take (heave) up (hafa uppi fœri, net);
    Skarpheðinn hafði uppi øxina, S. heaved up the axe;
    hafa flokk uppi, to raise a party, to rebel;
    hafa uppi tafl, to play at a game;
    hafa e-n uppi, to bring one to light;
    hafa uppi rœður, to begin a discussion;
    hafa e-t úti, to have done, finished (hafa úti sitt dagsverk);
    hafa við e-m, to be a match for one;
    hafa sik við, to exert oneself;
    hafa mikit (lítit) við, to make a great (little) display;
    hann söng messu ok bafði mikit við, and made much of it;
    hann bad jarl leita, bann hafði lítit við þat, he did it lightly;
    haf ekki slíkt við, do not say so;
    haf þú lítit við at eggja sonu þina, refrain from egging on thy sons;
    15) refl., hafast.
    * * *
    pret. hafði; subj. hefði; pres. sing. hefi (less correctly hefir), hefir, hefir; plur. höfum, hafit, hafa: the mod. pres. sing. is monosyllabic hefr or hefur, and is used so in rhymes—andvara engan hefur | … við glys heims gálaus sefur, Pass. 15. 6, but in print the true old form hefir is still retained; the monosyllabic present is used even by old writers in the 1st pers. before the personal or negative suffix, e. g. hef-k and hef-k-a ek for hefi-g and hefig-a ek, see e. g. Grág. (Kb.) 79, 82, in the old oath formula, hef-k eigi, Hallfred; hef ek, Fms. iii. 10 (in a verse); but not so in 3rd pers., e. g. hefir-a or hefir-at, Grág. l. c.: imperat. haf, hafðu: part. pass. hafðr, neut. haft;—hafat is an απ. λεγ., Vsp. 16, and is prob. qs. hafit from hefja, to heave, lift: [Ulf. haban; A. S. habban; Engl. have; Hel. hebben; Germ. haben; Dutch hebben; Dan. have, Swed. hafva: it is curious the Lat. form habere retains the consonant unchanged, cp. the Romance forms, Ital. avere, Fr. avoir, Span. haber, etc. ☞ Hafa is a weak verb, and thus distinguished from hefja (to lift, begin), which is a strong verb, answering to Lat. capere, incipere; but in sundry cases, as will be seen below, it passes into the sense of this latter word; as also in some instances into that of another lost strong verb, hafa, hóf, to behave, and hœfa, to hit]:—to have.
    A. To have; hann hafði með sér ekki meira lið, Fms. i. 39; hafði hverr hirð um sik, 52; höfðu þeir áttján skip, viii. 42; Sverrir hafði tvau hundrað manna, … þeir höfðu annan samnað á landi, 328; hann hafði mikit lið ok frítt, x. 36; þeir höfðu sjau skip ok flest stór, 102; hafa fjölmennar setur, Eb. 22; hann hafði menn sína í síldveri, Eg. 42; mun ek naut hafa þar sem mér þykkir hagi beztr, 716.
    II. to hold:
    1. to keep, celebrate; hafa ok halda, Dipl. i. 6; hafa átrúnað, 10; hafa dóma, 12; hafa blót, Fms. iv. 254; hafa vina-veizlu, id.; hafa vina-boð, Nj. 2; hafa Jóla-boð, Eg. 516; hafa þing, Fms. ix. 449; hafa haust-boð, Gísl. 27; hafa drykkju, Eb. 154; hafa leik, Fms. x. 201, passim.
    2. to hold, observe; hlýðir þat hvergi at hafa eigi lög í landi, Nj. 149; skal þat hafa, er stendr …, Grág. i. 7; skal þat allt hafa er finsk á skrá þeirri …, id.; en hvatki es mis-sagt es í fræðum þessum, þá es skylt at hafa þat (to keep, hold to be true) es sannara reynisk, Íb. 3; ok hafða ek (I kept, selected) þat ór hvárri er framarr greindi, Landn. 320, v. l.
    3. to hold, keep, retain; ef hann vill hafa hann til fardaga, Grág. i. 155; skal búandinn hafa hann hálfan mánuð, 154; ok hafði hvárr þat er hélt á, Nj. 279; hitt skal hafa er um fram er, Rb. 56; kasta í burt þrjátigi ok haf þat sem eptir verðr, 494.
    4. to hold an office; hafa lögsögu, to hold the office of lögsaga, Íb. passim; hafa jarldóm, konungdóm, passim; þat höfðu haft at fornu Dana-konungar, Eg. 267; þér berit konunga-nöfn svá sem fyrr hafa haft ( have had) forfeðr yðrir, en hafit lítið af ríki, Fms. i. 52; hafa ríki, to reign, Hkr. pref.
    5. phrases, hafa elda, to keep a fire, cook, Fms. xi. 129; hafa fjárgæzlu, to tend sheep, Eg. 740; hafa embætti með höndum, Stj. 204; hafa gæzlur á e-u, Fms. ix. 313; hafa … vetr, to have so many winters, be of such an age (cp. Fr. avoir … ans), Íb. 15; margir höfðu lítið fátt þúsund ára, Ver. 7: hafa vörn í máli, Nj. 93; hafa e-t með höndum, to have in hand, Fms. viii. 280, ix. 239; hafa e-t á höndum, Grág. i. 38; hafa fyrir satt, to hold for true, Fms. xi. 10; hafa við orð, to intimate, suggest, Nj. 160; hafa e-t at engu, vettugi, to hold for naught, take no notice of, Fas. i. 318.
    6. with prepp. or infin.,
    α. with prep.; hafa til, to have, possess; ef annarr þeirra hefir til enn annarr eigi, þá er sá skyldr til at fá honum er til hefir, Grág. i. 33; ef annarr hefir til …, id.; þér ætlið at ek muna eigi afl til hafa, Ld. 28.
    β. with infin.; hafa at varðveita, to have in keeping, Eg. 500; lög hafit þér at mæla, you have the law on your tongue, i. e. you are right, Nj. 101; hörð tíðindi hefi ek at segja þér, 64; sá er gripinn hefir at halda, Grág. i. 438; hafa at selja, to have on sale, Ld. 28.
    III. to use; var haft til þess sker eitt, Eb. 12; þá höfðu þeir til varnar skot ok spjót, Fms. vii. 193; er þín ráð vóru höfð, that thy advice was taken, Fs. 57; Gríss hafði þessi ráð, Fms. iii. 21; ek vil at þat sé haft er ek legg til, x. 249; þykki mér þú vel hafa ( make good use of) þau tillög er ek legg fyrir þik, xi. 61; til þess alls er jarli þótti skipta, þá hafði hann þessa hluti, 129; tvau ný (net), ok hafa eigi höfð verit ( which have not been used), haf þú ( take) hvárt er þú vilt, Háv. 46; þær vil ek hafa enar nýju, en ek vil ekki hætta til at hafa enar fornu, id.; önnur er ný ok mikil ok hefir ( has) til einskis höfð ( used) verið, id.; buðkr er fyrir húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; gjalda vápn þau er höfð eru, N. G. L. i. 75; þat hafði hann haft ( used) fyrir skála, Edda 29; þeir vóru hafðir til at festa með hús jafnan, Nj. 118; sá hólmr var hafðr til at …, Fms. i. 218; hann skyldi hafa hinn sama eið, x. 7; orð þau sem hann hafði ( had) um haft ( used), Nj. 56; orð þau er hann hafði ( made use of) í barnskírn, K. Þ. K. 14.
    2. more special phrases; hafa fagrmæli við e-n, to flatter one, Nj. 224; hafa hljóðmæli við e-n, to speak secretly to one, 223; allmikil fjölkyngi mun vera við höfð áðr svá fái gört, Edda 27; hafa mörg orð um e-t, Ld. 268; hafa tvímæli á e-u, to discuss, doubt, speak diffidently of a thing, Lv. 52; hafa viðrmæli um e-t, to use mocking words, Nj. 89; hafa nafn Drottins í hégóma, to take the Lord’s name in vain, Fms. i. 310; (hann var) mjök hafðr við mál manna, much used to, versed in lawsuits, Dropl. 8: hafa sik til e-s, to use oneself to a thing, i. e. to do a mean, paltry thing; þeir er til þess vilja hafa sik, at ganga í samkundur manna úboðit, Gþl. 200; ef hann vill sik til þessa hafa, Fms. i. 99: hafa sik við, to exert oneself; skaltú ok verða þik við at hafa um þetta mál, ef þú getr þat af þér fært, Grett. 160: hafa e-n at skotspæni, to use one as a target, Nj. 222; hafa e-n at hlífi-skildi sér, to use one as a shield, 262; hafa e-n at ginningar-fifli, auga-bragði, háði, hlátri, Hm. 133, Nj. 224, passim.
    IV. to have, hold, maintain, of a state or condition; hafa vináttu við e-n, to maintain friendship with one, Sks. 662; hafa vanmátt, to continue sick, Eg. 565; hafa hættu-mikit, to run a great risk, Nj. 149; hafa vitfirring, to be insane, Grág. i. 154; hafa heilindi, to have good health, 26, Hm. 67; hafa burði til e-s, to have the birthright to a thing. Eg. 479; hafa hug, áræði, hyggindi, to have the courage …, Hom. 28; hafa vit ( to know), skyn, greind … á e-u, to have understanding of a thing; hafa gaman, gleði, skemtun, ánægju af e-u, to have interest or pleasure in a thing; hafa leiða, ógeð, andstygð, hatr, óbeit á e-u, to dislike, be disgusted with, hate a thing; hafa elsku, mætr, virðing á e-u, to love, esteeem … a thing; hafa allan hug á e-u, to bend the mind to a thing; hafa grun á e-m, to suspect one; hafa ótta, beyg af e-u, to fear a thing; and in numberless other phrases.
    2. with prepp.:
    α. hafa e-t frammi (fram), to carry out, hold forth; hafa frammi róg, Nj. 166; hafa mál fram, to proceed with a suit, 101; stefnu-för, 78; heitstrengingar, Fms. xi. 103; ok öll lögmælt skil frammi hafa, and discharge all one’s official duties, 232; var um búit en ekki fram haft, all was made ready, but nothing done, viii. 113; beini má varla verða betri en hér er frammi hafðr, xi. 52; hafðú í frammi ( use) kúgan við þá uppi við fjöllin, Ísl. ii. 215; margir hlutir, þó at hann hafi í frammi, Sks. 276.
    β. hafa mikit, lítið fyrir e-u, to have much, little trouble about a thing; (hence fyrir-höfn, trouble.)
    γ. hafa við e-m (afl or the like understood), to be a match for one, Fms. vii. 170, Lv. 109, Nj. 89, Eg. 474, Anal. 176; hafa mikit, lítið við, to make a great, little display; (hence við-höfn, display, pomp); hann söng messu ok hafði mikit við, he sang mass and made a great thing of it, Nj. 157; þú hefir mikit við, thou makest a great show of it, Boll. 351; hann bað jarl leita, hann hafði lítið við þat, he did it lightly, Nj. 141; haf ekki slíkt við, do not say so, Ld. 182.
    B. To take, carry off, win, wield, [closely akin to Lat. capere]:
    I. to catch, take, esp. in the phrase, hafa ekki e-s, to miss one; hann kemsk á skóg undan, ok höfðu þeir hans ekki, he took to the forest and they missed him, Nj. 130; ekki munu vér hans hafa at sinni, we sha’nt catch him at present, Fms. vi. 278; hafða ek þess vætki vífs, Hm. 101; þeygi ek hana at heldr hefik, 95: in swearing, tröll, herr, gramir hafi þik, the trolls, ghosts, etc. take thee! tröll hafi líf, ef …, Kormak; tröll hafi Trefót allan! Grett. (in a verse); tröll hafi þína vini, tröll hafi hól þitt, Nj.; herr hafi Þóri til slægan, confound the wily Thorir! Fms. vi. 278, v. l. (emended, as the phrase is wrongly explained in Fms. xii. Gloss.); gramir hafi þik! vide gramr.
    II. to carry, carry off, bring; hafði einn hjartað í munni sér, one carried the heart off in his mouth, Nj. 95; hann hafði þat ( brought it) norðan með sér, Eg. 42; hafði Þórólfr heim marga dýrgripi, 4; hann hafði með sér skatt allan, 62; skaltú biðja hennar ok hafa hana heim hingat, Edda 22; fé þat er hann hafði ( had) út haft ( carried from abroad), Gullþ. 13; á fimm hestum höfðu þeir mat, Nj. 74; bókina er hann hafði ( had) út haft, Fms. vii. 156; konungr hafði biskup norðr til Björgynjar með sér, viii. 296; biskup lét hann hafa með sér kirkju-við ok járn-klukku, Landn. 42; hann hafði með sér skulda-lið sitt ok búferli, Eb. 8; hann tók ofan hofit, ok hafði með sér flesta viðu, id.; ok hafa hana í brott, Fms. i. 3; tekr upp barnit, ok hefir heim með sér, Ísl. ii. 20; hann hafði lög út hingat ór Noregi, he brought laws hither from Norway, Íb. 5; haf þú heim hvali til bæjar, Hým. 26; ok hafa hann til Valhallar, Nj. 119.
    III. to take, get; hann hafði þá engan mat né drykk, he took no food nor drink, Eg. 602; hann hafði eigi svefn, he got no sleep, Bs. i. 139.
    2. to get, gain, win; öfluðu sér fjár, ok höfðu hlutskipti mikit, Eg. 4; eigi þarftú at biðja viðsmjörs þess, þvíat hann mun þat alls ekki hafa, né þú, for neither he nor thou shall get it, Blas. 28; jarl vill hafa minn fund, he will have a meeting with me, 40, Skv. 1. 4: the sayings, hefir sá jafnan er hættir, he wins that risks, ‘nothing venture, nothing have,’ Hrafn. 16; sá hefir krás er krefr, Sl. 29.
    3. phrases, hafa meira hlut, to get the better lot, gain the day, Nj. 90, Fms. xi. 93; hafa gagn, sigr, to gain victory, ix. 132, Eg. 7, Hkr. i. 215, Ver. 38; hafa betr, to get the better; hafa verr, miðr, to have the worst of it, Fms. v. 86, Þorst. S. St. 48, passim; hafa mál sitt, to win one’s suit, Grág. i. 7, Fms. vii. 34; hafa kaup öll, to get all the bargain, Eg. 71; hafa tafl, to win the game, Fms. vii. 219; hafa erendi, to do one’s errand, succeed, Þkv. 10, 11, Fas. ii. 517: hafa bana, to have one’s bane, to die, Nj. 8; hafa úsigr, to be worsted, passim; hafa úfrið, to have no peace; hafa gagn, sóma, heiðr, neisu, óvirðing, skömm, etc. af e-u, to get profit, gain, honour, disgrace, etc. from a thing; hafa e-n í helju, to put one to death, Al. 123; hafa e-n undir, to get one under, subdue him, Nj. 95, 128; höfum eigi, sigrinn ór hendi, let not victory slip out of our hands, Fms. v. 294.
    4. to get, receive; hann hafði góðar viðtökur, Nj. 4; hón skal hafa sex-tigi hundraða, 3; skyldi Högni hafa land, 118; selja skipit, ef hann hafði þat fyrir ( if he could get for it) sem hann vildi; Flosi spurði í hverjum aurum hann vildi fyrir hafa, hann kvaðsk vildu fyrir hafa land, 259; hafa tíðindi, sögur af e-m, to have, get tidings of or from one, Ld. 28; hafa sæmd, metorð óvirðing, to get honour, disgrace from one’s hands, Nj. 101; hafa bætr, to get compensation, Grág. i. 188; hafa innstæðuna eina, id.; hafa af e-m, to have the best of one, cheat one.
    IV. to carry, wear, of clothes, ornaments, weapons:
    1. of clothes, [cp. Lat. habitus and Icel. höfn = gear]; hafa hatt á höfði, Ld. 28; hafa váskufl yztan klæða, … þú skalt hafa undir ( wear beneath) hin góðu klæði þín, Nj. 32; hann hafði blán kyrtil, … hann hafði svartan kyrtil, Boll. 358; hafa fald á höfði, to wear a hood; hón hafði gaddan rautt á höfði, Orkn. 304; hann hafði um sik breitt belti, he wore a broad belt, Nj. 91; hafa fingr-gull á hendi, 146: to have about one’s person, vefja saman ok hafa í pungi sínum, Edda 27; hlutir sem mönnum var títt at hafa, Fms. xi. 128.
    2. of weapons, to wield, carry; spjót þat er þú hefir í hendi, Boll. 350; hafa kylfu í hendi sér, to have a club in one’s hand, Fms. xi. 129; hafa staf í hendi, to have a stick in the hand, Bárð.; Gunnarr hafði atgeirinn ok sverðit, Kolskeggr hafði saxit, Hjörtr hafði alvæpni, Nj. 93; hann hafdi öxi snaghyrnda, Boll. 358; hann hafði kesjuna fyrir sér, he held the lance in rest, Eg. 532.
    V. here may be added a few special phrases; hafa hendr fyrir sér, to grope, feel with the hands (as in darkness); hafa vit fyrir sér, to act wisely; hafa at sér hendina, to draw one’s hand back, Stj. 198; hafa e-t eptir, to do or repeat a thing after one, Konr.; hafa e-t yfir, to repeat (of a lesson): hafa sik, to betake oneself; hafa sik til annarra landa, Grett. 9 new Ed.; hann vissi varla hvar hann átti at hafa sik, he knew not where ( whither) to betake himself, Bs. i. 807; hefir hann sik aptr á stað til munklífisins, Mar.
    C. Passing into the sense of hefja (see at the beginning); hafa e-t uppi, to heave up, raise; hafa flokk uppi, to raise a party, to rebel, Fb. ii. 89: hafa uppi færi, net, a fisherman’s term, to heave up, take up the net or line, Háv. 46; Skarphéðinn hafði uppi ( heaved up) öxina, Nj. 144: hafa uppi tafl, to play at a game, Vápn. 29; þar vóru mjök töfl uppi höfð ok sagna-skemtan, Þorf. Karl. 406, v. l.: hafa e-n uppi, to hold one up, bring him to light; svá máttu oss skjótast uppi hafa, Fær. 42: metaph. to reveal, vándr riddari hafði allt þegar uppi, Str. 10.
    2. with the notion to begin; Bárðr hafði uppi orð sín ( began his suit) ok bað Sigríðar, Eg. 26, Eb. 142; hafa upp stefnu, to begin the summons, Boll. 350; hafa upp ræður, to begin a discussion; ræður þær er hann hafði uppi haft við Ingigerði, Fms. iv. 144, where the older text in Ó. H. reads umræður þær er hann hafði upp hafit (from hefja), 59; cp. also Vsp., þat langniðja-tal mun uppi hafat (i. e. hafit) meðan öld lifir, 16, (cp. upp-haf, beginning); þó at ek hafa síðarr um-ræðu um hann, better þó at ek hafa (i. e. hefja) síðarr upp ræðu um hann, though I shall below treat of, discuss that, Skálda (Thorodd) 168; er lengi hefir uppi verit haft síðan (of a song), Nj. 135; cp. also phrases such as, hafa á rás, to begin running, take to one’s heels, Fms. iv. 120, ix. 490; næsta morgin hefir út fjörðinn, the next morning a breeze off land arose, Bs. ii. 48: opp. is the phrase, hafa e-t úti, to have done, finished; hafa úti sitt dags-verk, Fms. xi. 431; hafa úti sekt sína, Grett. 149.
    D. Passing into the sense of a lost strong verb, hafa, hóf (see at the beginning), to behave, do, act:
    I. with an adverb, hafa vel, ílla, or the like, to behave, and in some instances to do well or badly, be happy or unhappy,
    α. to behave; en nú vil ek eigi verr hafa en þú, Fms. iv. 342; þeir sögðu at konungr vildi verr hafa en þeir, 313; hefir þú ílla ór (málum or the like understood) haft við mik, Fs. 140; ólikr er Gísli öðrum í þolinmæði, ok hefir hann betr en vér, Gísl. 28.
    β. to do so and so (to be happy, unhappy); verr hafa þeir er trygðum slitu, Mkv. 3; ílla hefir sá er annan svíkr, 18; vel hefir sá er þat líða lætr, 6; vel hefir sá ( he is happy) er eigi bíðr slíkt íllt þessa heims, Fms. v. 145; hvílíkt hefir þú, how dost thou? Mar.; hafa hart, to do badly, to be wretched; at sál Þorgils mætti fyrir þær sakir eigi hart hafa, Sturl. iii. 292, Mar.; Ólafr hafði þá hölzti ílla, O. was very poorly, D. N. ii. 156; þykisk sá bezt hafa ( happiest) er fyrstr kemr heim, Fms. xi. 248; þá hefir hann bazt af hann þegir, i. e. that is the best he can do if he holds his tongue, Hm. 19; þess get ek at sá hafi verr ( he will make a bad bargain) er þik flytr, Nj. 128; úlfgi hefir ok vel, the wolf is in a bad plight, Ls. 39; mun sá betr hafa er eigi tekr við þér, id.; betr hefðir þú, ef …, thou wouldest do better, if …, Akv. 16.
    γ. adding sik; hafa sik vel, to behave well, Fms. x. 415, Stj. 436.
    II. with the prep. at, to do, act, (hence at-höfn, at-hæfi, act, doing); hann lét ekki til búa vígs-málit ok engan hlut at hafa, Nj. 71; en ef þeim þykkir of lítið féit tekit, þá skulu þeir hafa at hit sama, to act in the same way, Grág. ii. 267; hvatki es þeir hafa at, Fms. xi. 132; hann tók af þér konuna, en þú hafðir ekki at, but thou didst not stir, didst take it tamely, Nj. 33; bæði munu menn þetta kalla stórvirki ok íllvirki, en þó má nú ekki at hafa, but there is no help for it, 202; eigi sýnisk mér meðal-atferðar-leysi, at vér höfum eigi at um kvámur hans, i. e. that we submit tamely to his coming, Fs. 32: absol., viltú þess freista, ok vita þá hvat at hafi, wilt thou try and see how it will do? Bjarn. 27; en nú skaltú fara fyrir, ok vita hvat at hafi, Bs. i. 712.
    III. phrases, hafa hátt, to be noisy, talk loud, Fms. i. 66; við skulum ekki hafa hátt ( do not cry loud) hér er maðr á glugganum, a lullaby song; hafa lágt, to keep silent; hafa hægt, to keep quiet; hafa sik á (í) hófi, to compose oneself, Ls. 36; hafa í hótum við e-n, to use threatening ( foul) language, Fb. i. 312; hafa í glett við e-n, to banter one, Fms. viii. 289; hafa íllt at verki, to do a bad deed, Ísl. ii. 184.
    E. Passing into the sense of the verb hæfa (see at the beginning), to aim at, hit, with dat.:
    I. to hit; svá nær hafði hausinum, at …, the shot so nearly hit the head, that …, Fms. ii. 272; þat sama forað, sem henni hafði næst váða, those very precipices from which she had so narrow an escape, Bs. i. 200, Fms. ix. 357; nær hafði nú, at skjótr mundi verða okkarr skilnaðr, Al. 124; nær hafði okkr nú, it struck near us, it was a narrow escape, Fms. viii. 281; kvaðsk svá dreymt hafa ( have dreamed), at þeim mundi nær hafa, ix. 387, v. l.; ok er nær hafði at skipit mundi fljóta, when the ship was on the point of floating, Ld. 58; ok hafði svá nær (it was within a hair’s breadth), at frændr Þorvalds mundu ganga at honum, Nj. 160; ok hafði svá nær at þeir mundi berjask, Íb. 11, cp. Bs. i. 21: the phrase, fjarri hefir, far from it! Edda (in a verse).
    2. to charge; eigi em ek þar fyrir sönnu hafðr, I am not truly aimed at for that, ‘tis a false charge, Eg. 64; þeim manni er fyrir sökum er hafðr, i. e. the culprit, Grág. i. 29; cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á e-u, to make a charge of a thing; það varð ekki á því haft, they could not make a case for a charge of it.
    II. metaph. to be the ground or reason for, (hence til-hæfa, reason, fact, foundation); til þess ætla vitrir menn þat haft at Ísland sé Tile (i. e. Thule) kallað, at …, learned men suppose that is the reason that Iceland is called Thule, that …, Landn. (pref.); mikit mun til haft, er einmæli er um (there must be some reason for it, because all people say so), Þorgils segir, eigi er fyrir haft ( there is no ground whatever for it), at ek mæla betr fyrir griðum en aðrir menn, Ísl. ii. 379; vér hyggjum þat til þess haft vera, at þar hafi menn sésk, we believe the substance of the story is that men have been seen there, Fms. xi. 158; hvat er til þess haft um þat (what is the truth of the matter?), hefir sundr-þykki orðit með ykkr? Boll. 364: in the saying, hefir hverr til síns ágætis nokkut, every one gets his reputation for something, Nj. 115.
    2. to happen, coincide; hefir svá til, at hann var þar sjálfr, Fms. xi. 138, v. l.
    β. the phrase, hafa mikit (lítið) til síns máls, to have much ( little) reason for one’s tale, i. e. to be much, little, in the right, Fms. vii. 221, xi. 138 (v. l.), Nj. 88: um þenna hefir svá stórum, it matters so much with this man, (v. l. for mun stórum skipta), Fms. xi. 311.
    F. REFLEX. to keep, dwell, abide, but only of a temporary shelter or abode, cp. Lat. habitare, (cp. also höfn, a haven); hann hefsk á náttartíma niðri í vötnum, at night-time he keeps down in the water, Stj. 77: to live, þeir höfðusk mjök í kaupferðum, they spent much of their life in travelling, Hkr. i. 276; hann hafðisk löngum í bænum, Bs. i. 353.
    β. with prep. við; hér mun ek við hafask ( I will stay here) en þú far til konungs, Fb. ii. 125; hafðisk hann við á skógum eðr í öðrum fylgsnum, 302; því at hann hafðisk þá á skipum við, Fms. viii. 44; hvílsk heldr ok hafsk við í því landi, rest and stay in that land, Stj. 162; Ásgeirr hafðisk við uppi í dalnum, Sd. 154; hafask lind fyrir, to cover oneself with a shield (?), Vsp. 50; hafask hlífar fyrir, to be mailed in armour, Hkm. 11.
    2. hafask at, to do, behave (cp. D. above); vóru þeir þá svá móðir, at þeir máttu ekki at hafask, Fms. ii. 149; en síðan skulut þér at hafa slíkt sem ek kann fyrir segja, i. 158; þat eitt munu við at hafask, at ek mun betr göra en þú, Nj. 19; Lambi sá hvat Steinarr hafðisk at, Eg. 747.
    3. hafask vel, to do well, thrive; vaxa ok vel hafask, to wax and do well, Hm. 142; nú er þat bæn mín, at þér hafisk við vel, that you bear yourself well up, Fms. ix. 497; Jungfrúin hafðisk vel við í ferðinni, x. 86; at fé hans mundi eigi hafask at betr at meðal-vetri, Grág. ii. 326.
    4. recipr., hafask orð við, to speak to one another; ok er þat ósiðlegt, at menn hafisk eigi orð við, Fs. 14; þar til er þeir hafask réttar tölur við, N. G. L. i. 182.
    II. part. hafandi is used in the sense of having conceived, being with child; þá verit hann varr við at hón var hafandi, 656 B. 14; hón skyldi verða hafandi at Guðs syni, id.; generally, allt þat er hafanda var lét burð sinn ok ærðisk, Fms. vii. 187; svá sem hón verðr at honum hafandi, Stj. 178; (hence barns-hafandi, being with child.)
    G. The word hafa is in the Icel., as in other Teut. languages, used as an auxiliary verb with a part. pass. of another verb, whereby a compound preterite and pluperfect are formed as follows:
    I. in transitive verbs with acc. the participle also was put in acc., agreeing in gender, number, and case with the objective noun or pronoun; this seems to have been a fixed rule in the earliest time, and is used so in all old poems down at least to the middle of the 11th century, to the time of Sighvat (circ. A. D. 990–1040), who constantly used the old form,—átt is an apostrophe for átta in the verse Ó. H. 81:
    1. references from poets, Gm. 5, 12, 16; þá er forðum mik fædda höfðu, Vsp. 2; hverr hefði lopt lævi blandit eðr ætt jötuns Óðs mey gefna, 29; þær’s í árdaga áttar höfðu, 60: ek hafða fengna konungs reiði, Ad. 3; en Grjótbjörn um gnegðan hefir, 18; mik hefir marr miklu ræntan, Stor. 10; þó hefir Míms-vinr mér um fengnar bölva bætr, 22: gaupur er Haraldr hafi sveltar, Hornklofi: Loka mær hefir leikinn allvald, Ýt. 7; sá hafði borinn brúna-hörg, 14; jarlar höfðu veginn hann, 15: ek hef orðinn ( found) þann guðföðr (verða is here used as trans.), Hallfred; höfum kera framðan, id.: hann hefir litnar, sénar, hár bárur, Ísl. ii. 223, thus twice in a verse of A. D. 1002; göngu hefik of gengna, Korm. (in a verse); hann hafði farna för, Hkr. i. (Glum Geirason); ek hefi talðar níu orustur, Sighvat; þú hefir vanðan þik, id.; ér hafit rekna þá braut, Ó. H. 63 (Óttar Svarti); hann hefir búnar okkr hendr skrautliga, Sighvat (Ó. H. 13); þeir hafa færð sín höfuð Knúti, id.; hvar hafit ér hugðan mér sess, id.; hafa sér kenndan enn nørðra heims enda, id.; Sighvatr hefir lattan gram, id.; hefir þú hamar um fólginn, Þkv. 7, 8; þú hefir hvatta okkr, Gkv. 6; ek hefi yðr brennda, Am. 39, cp. 56; hefi ek þik minntan, 81; hefir þú hjörtu tuggin, Akv. 36; hefir þú mik dvalðan, Hbl. 51; ek hefi hafðar þrár, I have had throes, Fsm. 51; en ek hann görvan hef-k, svá hefi ek studdan, 12 (verse 13 is corrupt); hann hefir dvalða þik, Hkv. Hjörv. 29; lostna, 30; mik hefir sóttan meiri glæpr, 32; ek hefi brúði kerna, id.; þú hefir etnar úlfa krásir, opt sár sogin, Hkv. 1. 36; sá er opt hefir örnu sadda, 35; hefir þú kannaða koni óneisa, 23; þá er mik svikna höfðut, Skv. 3. 55; hann hafði getna sonu, Bkv. 8; þann sal hafa halir um görvan, Fm. 42; bróður minn hefir þú benjaðan, 25; er hann ráðinn hefir, 37; sjaldan hefir þú gefnar vargi bráðir, Eg. (in a verse).
    2. references from prose; this old form has since been turned into an indecl. neut. sing. part. -it. The old form was first lost in the strong verbs and the weak verbs of the first conjugation: in the earliest prose both forms are used, although the indecl. is more freq. even in the prose writers, as Íb., the Heiðarv. S., the Miracle-book in Bs., Njála, Ó. H., (Thorodd seems only to use the old form,) as may be seen from the following references, Björn hafði særða þrjá menn, Nj. 262; hann mundi hana hafa gipta honum, 47; hann hafði þá leidda saman hestana, 264: ek hefi sendan mann, Ísl. (Heiðarv. S.) ii. 333; ek nefi senda menn, id.: hafa son sinn ór helju heimtan, Bs. (Miracle-book) i. 337; en er þeir höfðu niðr settan sveininn, 349; hann hafði veidda fimm tegu fiska, 350: er þér hefir ílla neisu gorva, Ó. H. 107: þá hefi ek fyrri setta þá í stafrófi, Skálda (Thorodd) 161; þar hefi ek við görva þessa stafi fjóra, id.; hafa hann samsettan, 167: góða fylgd hefir þú mér veitta, Þorst Síðu H. 2: sagði, at Ólafr konungr hafði sendan hann, Bs. i. 11: Þyri, er hertogi hafði festa nauðga, Fms. x. 393 (Ágrip): hefi ek þá svá signaða ok magnaða, v. 236: hefir sólin gengna tvá hluti, en einn úgenginn, K. Þ. K. 92 (Lund’s Syntax, p. 12).
    β. again, neut. indecl., hana hafði átt fyrr Þoróddr, Ísl. ii. 192: hón hafði heimt húskarl sinn …, Ísl. (Heiðarv. S.) ii. 339; hann hefir ekki svá vel gyrt hest minn, 340; hefir þú eigi séð mik, 341; hve hann hafði lokkat hann. id.; gistingar hefi ek yðr fengit, 343: þeir höfðu haft úfrið ok orrostur, Íb. 12; hann hafði tekið lögsögu, 14: stafr er átt hafði Þorlákr, Bs. (Miracle-book) i. 340; er þær höfðu upp tekit ketilinn ok hafit …, 342; göngu es hann hafði gingit, 344; es sleggjuna hafði niðr fellt, 346; sem maðr hefði nýsett (hana) niðr, id.; jartein þá er hann þóttisk fingit hafa, 347; hafði prestrinn fært fram sveininn, 349: hjálm er Hreiðmarr hafði átt, Edda 73: hafa efnt sína heitstrenging, Fms. (Jómsv. S.) xi. 141: slíkan dóm sem hann hafði mér hugat, Ó. H. 176, etc. passim:—at last the inflexion disappeared altogether, and so at the present time the indecl. neut. sing. is used throughout; yet it remains in peculiar instances, e. g. konu hefi eg mér festa, Luke xiv. 20, cp. Vídal. ii. 21. ☞ This use of the inflexive part. pass. may often serve as a test of the age of a poem, e. g. that Sólarljóð was composed at a later date may thus be seen from verses 27, 64, 72, 73, 75, 79; but this test is to be applied with caution, as the MSS. have in some cases changed the true forms (-inn, -ann, and -it, -an being freq. abbreviated in the MSS. so as to render the reading dubious). In many cases the old form is no doubt to be restored, e. g. in vegit to veginn, Fm. 4, 23; búit to búinn, Hkv. Hjörv. 15; borit to borinn, Hkv. 1. 1; beðit to beðinn, Fsm. 48; orðit to orðin, Og. 23; roðit to roðinn, Em. 5; brotið to brotinn, Vkv. 24, etc.: but are we to infer from Ls. 23, 26, 33, that this poem is of a comparatively late age?
    II. the indecl. neut. sing. is, both in the earliest poems and down to the present day, used in the following cases:
    1. with trans. verbs requiring the dat. or gen.; ek hefi fengit e-s, hann hafði fengit konu; hafa hefnt e-s, Fms. xi. 25; sú er hafði beðit fjár, Þkv. 32; stillir hefir stefnt mér, Hkv. Hjörv. 33, and so in endless cases.
    2. in the reflex. part. pass.; þeir (hann) hafa (hefir) látisk, farisk, sagsk, etc.
    3. in part. of intrans. neut. verbs, e. g. þeir þær (hann, hón), hafa (hefir) setið, staðit, gengit, legit, farit, komit, verit, orðit, lifað, dáit, heitið …, also almost in every line both of prose and poetry.
    4. in trans. verbs with a neut. sing. in objective case the difference cannot be seen.
    ☞ The compound preterite is common to both the Romance and Teutonic languages, and seems to be older in the former than in the latter; Grimm suggests that it originated with the French, and thence spread to the Teutons. That it was not natural to the latter is shewn by the facts, that
    α. no traces of it are found in Gothic, nor in the earliest Old High German glossaries to Latin words.
    β. in the earliest Scandinavian poetry we can trace its passage from declinable to indeclinable.
    γ. remains are left in poetry of a primitive uncompounded preterite infinitive, e. g. stóðu = hafa staðit, mundu, skyldu, vildu, etc., see Gramm. p. xxv, col. 2. ☞ We may here note a curious dropping of the verb hefir, at ek em kominn hingat til lands, ok verit áðr ( having been) langa hríð utan-lands, Ó. H. 31, cp. Am. 52; barn at aldri, en vegit slíka hetju sem Þorvaldr var, Glúm. 382. On this interesting matter see Grimm’s remarks in his Gramm. iv. 146 sqq.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > HAFA

  • 113 ankommen

    (unreg., trennb., ist -ge-)
    I v/i
    1.
    a) arrive (in + Dat at, in); ankommen in (+ Dat) auch reach, get (to); gut ankommen Person: arrive safely; Paket: get there all right (Am. umg. alright); am Ende / Ziel ankommen get to the end / destination; zu Hause ankommen arrive ( oder get) home; der Zug soll um zehn Uhr ankommen the train is due (to arrive) at ten o’clock; ist der Brief bei dir angekommen? did you get the letter (all right)?;
    b) be born; bei jemandem ist ein Baby angekommen s.o. has had a baby ( oder new arrival hum.)
    2. umg. come (along oder up), turn up, intrude, Am. butt in; da kommt sie schon 'wieder an! here she comes again!; womit kommst 'du schon wieder an? what do you want now ( oder this time)?; dauernd kommt er mit seinen Fragen an he keeps coming ( oder intruding) with all these questions; komm mir aber nachher nicht an und... just don’t come running to me afterwards and...
    3. umg. (angestellt werden) get a job ( bei with)
    4. umg. (Anklang finden) go down well ( bei with); nicht ankommen be a flop, go down badly; groß ankommen bei (go down a) bomb with; damit kommt er bei mir nicht an that cuts no ice with me; Publikum 2
    5. ankommen gegen be able to cope with, (jemanden) get the better of; gegen sie kommt er nicht an he’s no match for her, he can’t compete with her, he hasn’t got a chance with her; gegen die Opposition etc. kommen wir nicht an the opposition etc. is too strong for us
    6. unpers. (abhängen von): es kommt ( ganz) darauf an it (all) depends (on) (ob whether); darauf soll es ( mir) nicht ankommen that’s not the problem, that doesn’t matter to me; das käme auf einen Versuch an we’d have to give it a try
    7. unpers. (wichtig sein): worauf es ankommt, ist... the important thing is...; es kommt ( ihm oder bei ihm) nicht auf den Preis an it doesn’t matter how much it costs (money is no object for him); wenn es darauf ankommt, ist er immer da: when it comes to the crunch, when it really matters, when the going gets tough; jetzt kommt es auf jede Sekunde an every second counts (now); auf einen Euro mehr od. weniger kommt es nicht an the odd euro more or less doesn’t matter ( oder doesn’t make any difference); darauf kommt es jetzt auch nicht mehr an that doesn’t matter any more now, that won’t make any difference now
    8. unpers. (riskieren): es auf etw. ankommen lassen (be prepared to) risk s.th.; ich lasse es darauf ankommen I’ll wait and see what happens
    II vt/i: die Entschuldigung oder sich zu entschuldigen kam ihr oder sie hart oder schwer an she found it hard ( oder it was hard on her) to apologize
    III v/t geh. befall, come over s.o.; es kam ihn die Lust an zu (+ Inf.) he suddenly had the urge to (+ Inf.)
    * * *
    to arrive; to reach; to get in
    * * *
    ạn|kom|men ['anko-] sep irreg aux sein
    1. vi
    1) (= eintreffen) to arrive; (Zug, Bus etc) to get in, to arrive

    bist du gut angekommen? — did you arrive safely?, did you get there all right?

    bei etw angekommen sein — to have reached sth, to have got to sth

    das Kind soll in 6 Wochen ankommen — the baby is due (to arrive) in 6 weeks

    2) (= Anklang, Resonanz finden)(bei with) to go down well; (Mode, Neuerungen) to catch on

    ein Lehrer, der bei seinen Schülern ausgezeichnet ankommt — a teacher who is a great success with his pupils, a teacher who hits it off marvellously (Brit) or marvelously (US) with his pupils

    3) (inf) (= auftreten, erscheinen) to come along; (= wiederholt erwähnen) to come up (mit with)

    komm mir nachher nicht an und verlange, dass ich... — don't come running to me afterwards wanting me to...

    komm mir nur nicht wieder damit an, dass du Astronaut werden willst — don't start up again with this business about (your) wanting to be an astronaut

    4)

    (= sich durchsetzen) gegen etw ankommen (gegen Gewohnheit, Sucht etc) — to be able to fight sth

    er ist zu stark, ich komme gegen ihn nicht an — he's too strong, I'm no match for him

    2. vi impers
    1)

    (= wichtig sein) an — sth matters

    darauf kommt es ( uns) an — that is what matters (to us)

    es kommt darauf an, dass wir... — what matters is that we...

    auf eine halbe Stunde kommt es jetzt nicht mehr an — it doesn't matter about the odd half-hour, an extra half-hour is neither here nor there (inf)

    2) (= abhängig sein) to depend (
    auf +acc on)

    es käme auf einen Versuch an — we'd have to give it a try

    es kommt ( ganz) darauf an, in welcher Laune er ist — it (all) depends (on) what mood he's in

    3) (inf)

    es darauf ankommen lassen — to take a chance, to chance it

    er ließ es in der Prüfung darauf ankommen — he took a chance in the exam

    er ließ es auf einen Streit/einen Versuch ankommen — he was prepared to argue about it/to give it a try

    3. vt
    (= sein, erscheinen)

    etw kommt jdn schwer/hart an — sth is difficult/hard for sb

    das Rauchen aufzugeben, kommt ihn sauer an — he's finding it difficult to give up smoking

    * * *
    1) (to reach (a place, the end of a journey etc): They arrived home last night; The parcel arrived yesterday.) arrive
    2) (to register at a hotel as a guest or at an airport as a passenger: We checked in last night.) check in
    3) ((of plays, behaviour etc) to be received (well or badly): The play didn't go over at all well the first night.) go over
    * * *
    an|kom·men
    I. vi Hilfsverb: sein
    1. TRANSP (ein Ziel erreichen) to arrive
    seid ihr auch gut angekommen? did you arrive safely?
    2. (angeliefert werden)
    ▪ [bei jdm] \ankommen to be delivered [to sb]
    ▪ bei etw dat \ankommen to reach sth
    4. (fam: sich nähern) to approach
    schau mal, wer da ankommt! [just] look who's coming!
    5. (fam: Anklang finden)
    ▪ [bei jdm] \ankommen Sache to go down well [with sb]; Person to make an impression [on sb]
    der neue Chef kommt gut an the new boss is well liked [or is a real [or big] hit
    6. (sich durchsetzen)
    ▪ gegen jdn/etw \ankommen to get the better of sb/sth
    gegen diesen Flegel von Sohn kommt sie nicht mehr an she can't cope with her brat of a son any more
    ▪ gegen etw akk \ankommen to break [or fam kick] a habit
    gegen eine Arbeitsüberlastung \ankommen to cope with an excess of work
    gegen Vorurteile \ankommen to break down prejudices
    ▪ [jdm] [mit etw dat] \ankommen to speak [to sb] [about sth]
    nachher kommst du mir wieder damit an afterwards you'll come back to me about it [and say...]
    mit so einem alten Auto brauchen Sie bei uns nicht anzukommen! don't bother [coming to] us with such an old banger!
    kommen Sie mir bloß nicht schon wieder damit an! [just] don't start harping on about that again!
    9. (eine Stellung/einen Studienplatz finden)
    ▪ [bei jdm] [mit etw dat] \ankommen to be taken on [or accepted] [by sb] [with sth]
    bist du mit deiner Bewerbung bei Siemens angekommen? were you successful with your job application to [or at] Siemens?
    10. (geboren werden)
    ▪ [bei jdm] \ankommen to be born [to sb]
    das Baby kommt in zwei Monaten an the baby is due in two months
    bei meiner Frau ist gerade ein Junge angekommen! my wife has just given birth to a [baby] boy!
    II. vi impers Hilfsverb: sein
    ▪ auf etw akk \ankommen sth matters [or is important]
    ▪ es kommt darauf an, dass what matters is that
    bei diesem Job kommt es sehr darauf an, dass man kreativ arbeiten kann what matters in this job is that one is able to work creatively
    2. (von etw abhängen)
    ▪ auf jdn/etw \ankommen to be dependent on sb/sth
    du glaubst, ich schaffe es nicht? na, das käme auf einen Versuch an! you don't think I can manage it? well, I'll give it a [damn good] try! [or fam do my damnedest!]
    das kommt darauf an it [or that] depends
    ▪ darauf \ankommen, dass/ob it depends on/on whether
    alles kommt darauf an, ob wir rechtzeitig fertig werden it all depends on whether we're ready in time
    es kommt darauf an, dass ich gesund bleibe it depends on me staying healthy
    es auf etw akk \ankommen lassen to risk [or chance] sth
    es darauf \ankommen lassen (fam) to risk [or chance] it
    lass es lieber nicht darauf \ankommen! don't leave it to chance!
    lassen wir es also darauf \ankommen! let's risk [or chance] it!
    III. vt Hilfsverb: sein (geh: sich für jdn darstellen)
    jdn leicht/schwer [o hart] \ankommen to be easy/hard for sb
    die Arbeitslosigkeit meines Mannes kommt mich schon schwer an I'm finding my husband's unemployment hard
    es kommt jdn leicht/schwer [o hart] an, etw zu tun to be easy/hard for sb to do sth
    * * *
    unregelmäßiges intransitives Verb; mit sein
    1) (eintreffen) arrive; < letter, parcel> come, arrive; < bus, train, plane> arrive, get in

    seid ihr gut angekommen? — did you arrive safely or get there all right?

    2) (herankommen) come along
    3) (ugs.): (Anklang finden)

    [bei jemandem] [gut] ankommen — go down [very] well [with somebody]

    er ist ein Typ, der bei den Frauen ankommt — he is the sort who is a success with women

    4)

    gegen jemanden/etwas ankommen — be able to cope or deal with somebody/fight something

    es kommt auf jemanden/etwas an — (jemand/etwas ist ausschlaggebend) it depends on somebody/something

    es kommt auf etwas (Akk.) an — (etwas ist wichtig) something matters (Dat. to)

    es kommt [ganz] darauf an, ob... — it [all] depends whether...

    es kommt [ganz] darauf od. drauf an — (ugs.) it [all] depends

    es käme auf einen Versuch an — it's or it would be worth a try

    6)

    es auf etwas (Akk.) ankommen lassen — (etwas riskieren) [be prepared to] risk something

    es d[a]rauf ankommen lassen — (ugs.) take a chance; chance it

    * * *
    ankommen (irr, trennb, ist -ge-)
    A. v/i
    1. arrive (
    in +dat at, in);
    ankommen in (+dat) auch reach, get (to);
    gut ankommen Person: arrive safely; Paket: get there all right (US umg alright);
    am Ende/Ziel ankommen get to the end/destination;
    zu Hause ankommen arrive ( oder get) home;
    der Zug soll um zehn Uhr ankommen the train is due (to arrive) at ten o’clock;
    ist der Brief bei dir angekommen? did you get the letter (all right)?; (geboren werden) be born;
    bei jemandem ist ein Baby angekommen sb has had a baby ( oder new arrival hum)
    2. umg come (along oder up), turn up, intrude, US butt in;
    da kommt sie schon 'wieder an! here she comes again!;
    womit kommst 'du schon wieder an? what do you want now ( oder this time)?;
    dauernd kommt er mit seinen Fragen an he keeps coming ( oder intruding) with all these questions;
    komm mir aber nachher nicht an und … just don’t come running to me afterwards and …
    3. umg (angestellt werden) get a job (
    bei with)
    4. umg (Anklang finden) go down well (
    bei with);
    nicht ankommen be a flop, go down badly;
    groß ankommen bei (go down a) bomb with;
    damit kommt er bei mir nicht an that cuts no ice with me; → Publikum 2
    5.
    ankommen gegen be able to cope with, (jemanden) get the better of;
    gegen sie kommt er nicht an he’s no match for her, he can’t compete with her, he hasn’t got a chance with her;
    kommen wir nicht an the opposition etc is too strong for us
    6. unpers (abhängen von):
    es kommt (ganz) darauf an it (all) depends (on) (
    ob whether);
    darauf soll es (mir) nicht ankommen that’s not the problem, that doesn’t matter to me;
    das käme auf einen Versuch an we’d have to give it a try
    7. unpers (wichtig sein):
    worauf es ankommt, ist … the important thing is …;
    nicht auf den Preis an it doesn’t matter how much it costs (money is no object for him);
    wenn es darauf ankommt, ist er immer da: when it comes to the crunch, when it really matters, when the going gets tough;
    jetzt kommt es auf jede Sekunde an every second counts (now);
    auf einen Euro mehr weniger kommt es nicht an the odd euro more or less doesn’t matter ( oder doesn’t make any difference);
    darauf kommt es jetzt auch nicht mehr an that doesn’t matter any more now, that won’t make any difference now
    8. unpers (riskieren):
    es auf etwas ankommen lassen (be prepared to) risk sth;
    ich lasse es darauf ankommen I’ll wait and see what happens
    B. v/t & v/i:
    schwer an she found it hard ( oder it was hard on her) to apologize
    C. v/t geh befall, come over sb;
    es kam ihn die Lust an zu (+inf) he suddenly had the urge to (+inf)
    * * *
    unregelmäßiges intransitives Verb; mit sein
    1) (eintreffen) arrive; <letter, parcel> come, arrive; <bus, train, plane> arrive, get in

    seid ihr gut angekommen? — did you arrive safely or get there all right?

    2) (herankommen) come along
    3) (ugs.): (Anklang finden)

    [bei jemandem] [gut] ankommen — go down [very] well [with somebody]

    er ist ein Typ, der bei den Frauen ankommt — he is the sort who is a success with women

    4)

    gegen jemanden/etwas ankommen — be able to cope or deal with somebody/fight something

    es kommt auf jemanden/etwas an — (jemand/etwas ist ausschlaggebend) it depends on somebody/something

    es kommt auf etwas (Akk.) an — (etwas ist wichtig) something matters (Dat. to)

    es kommt [ganz] darauf an, ob... — it [all] depends whether...

    es kommt [ganz] darauf od. drauf an — (ugs.) it [all] depends

    es käme auf einen Versuch an — it's or it would be worth a try

    6)

    es auf etwas (Akk.) ankommen lassen — (etwas riskieren) [be prepared to] risk something

    es d[a]rauf ankommen lassen — (ugs.) take a chance; chance it

    * * *
    v.
    to arrive v.
    to get to v.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > ankommen

  • 114 не

    частица
    1. (в разн. случаях) not (с pres. недостаточного глаг. can пишется слитно: cannot); -n't разг. (слитно с недостат. глаг., с личными формами глаг. be и have; тж. в сочетании с личн. формами глаг. do, см. ниже; shall + -n't = shan't; will + -n't = won't; can + -n't = can't; am + -n't = ain't); (при отсутствии в сказуемом недостат. глаг. или личной формы глаг. be или глаг. have; то же и в случае употребления глаг. have и глаг. do как основных; кроме того в imperat. глаг. be) do + not, do + -n't (+ inf.); (+ дееприч.; при обозначении сопутствующего обстоятельства) without (+ ger.); ( при именном сказуемом — с оттенком обобщения или особой полноты отрицания: совсем не и т. п.) no; (при сравнительной степени, при глаг. с доп. — с тем же оттенком) no, или передаётся через отрицание при глаг., + any; none (см. фразеологию); ( при другом отрицании) не передаётся, если другое отрицание переводится отрицательным словом (ср. никто, ничто, никогда, ни и т. п.)

    это его книга, а не её — it is his book and not hers

    не трудный, но и не совсем простой — not difficult, but not altogether simple

    не без его помощи — not without his help / assistance

    не зная, что сказать — not knowing what to say

    чтобы не опоздать — (so as, in order) not to be late

    он не был там, его там не было — he was not, или wasn't, there

    он не будет читать — he will not, или won't, read

    он не может говорить — he cannot, или can't, speak

    он не помнит этого — he does not, или doesn't, remember that

    (разве) он не знал этого? — did he not, или didn't he, know that?

    ушёл, не простившись — went without saying goodbye

    ему сегодня не лучше — he is no better, или isn't any better, today

    он не писал писем ( никаких) — he wrote no letters, he didn't write any letters

    не было (рд.) — there was no (+ sg. subject), there were no (+ pl. subject) (ср. нет II 1):

    не будет (рд.) — there will be no (+ subject) (ср. нет II 1):

    у него, у них и т. д. не было, не будет (рд.) — he, they, etc., had no, will have no (d.) (ср. нет II 1):

    не... и не (ни... ни) — neither... nor:

    он не мог не сказать, не улыбнуться и т. п. — he could not help saying, smiling, etc.

    искать и не находить покоя и т. п. — seek* rest, etc., and find* none

    не... никакого, никакой, никаких — no... whatever, или передаётся через отрицание при глаголе + any... whatever:

    он не читает никаких книг — he reads no, или doesn't read any, books whatever

    совсем не — об. передаётся через соотв. отрицание + at all:

    ни один... не и т. п. см. ни II

    если не см. если

    чтобы не см. чтобы

    2.:

    не... кого, кому и т. д. (+ инф.) — there is nobody (+ to inf.):

    не... чего, чему и т. д. (+ инф.) — there is nothing (+ to inf.):

    ему им и т. д. не на кого положиться, не с кем играть, не на что жить и т. п. — he has, they have, etc., nobody to rely on, nobody to play with, nothing to live on

    ему не на что купить — he has nothing to buy it with, he has no money to buy it

    3. (+ инф.; в значении «нельзя»):

    ♢ не раз — more than once, time and again

    не по себе (неловко, неспокойно) — ill at ease:

    это и т. п. не по нём и т. д. — that's, etc., no good to him, etc., или against the grain

    не за что! ( в ответна благодарность) — don't mention it!, that's all right!, not at all

    не к чему — there is no need:

    Русско-английский словарь Смирнитского > не

  • 115 не

    частица

    э́то его́ кни́га, а не её — it is his book and not hers

    не тру́дный, но и не совсе́м просто́й — not difficult, but not altogether simple

    не без его́ по́мощи — not without his help / assistance

    не зна́я, что сказа́ть — not knowing what to say

    что́бы не опозда́ть — (so as [in order]) not to be late

    лу́чше не упомина́ть об э́том — (you'd) better not mention it

    предпочёл бы не ходи́ть туда́ — would rather not go there

    не то́лько — not only

    2) (с вспомогательными и недостаточными гл.) not; (с pres недостаточного гл. can пишется слитно: cannot); -n't (слитно с недостаточными гл., с личными формами гл. be и have: shall + -n't + shan't [ʃɑːnt]; will + -n't = won't [wəʊnt]; can + -n't = can't [kɑːnt]; am + -n't = ain't; are + -n't = aren't [ɑːnt]; is + -n't = isn't; do + -n't = don't [dəʊnt]; does + -n't = doesn't [dʌznt])

    он не́ был там, его́ там не́ было — he was not [wasn't] there

    он не бу́дет чита́ть — he will not [won't] read

    он не мо́жет говори́ть — he cannot [can't] speak

    3) (с личными и повелительными формами знаменательных гл.) вспомогательный гл. + not

    он не по́мнит э́того — he does not [doesn't] remember that

    (ра́зве) он не знал э́того? — did he not [didn't he] know that?

    не серди́тесь! — don't be angry!

    4) (с дееприч. при обозначении сопутствующего обстоятельства) without (+ ger)

    он ушёл, не прости́вшись — he left without saying goodbye

    э́то не шу́тка — it is not a joke, it is no joke

    он не дура́к — he is no fool

    он не писа́л пи́сем — he wrote no letters, he didn't write any letters

    6) (при сравн. ст.) no; not + any

    ему́ сего́дня не лу́чше — he is no [is not any; isn't any] better today

    не ме́нее ва́жный вопро́с — no less important a question

    мне от э́того не ле́гче [ху́же] — I am none the better [worse] for it

    7) (при отрицании наличия, существования) передаётся с использованием оборота there is [was; were; will be] no (+ noun)

    там не́ было моста́ — there was no bridge there

    в ко́мнате не́ было сту́льев — there were no chairs in the room

    тогда́ не бу́дет сомне́ния — there will be no doubt then

    у неё не́ было сестёр — she had no sisters

    у вас не бу́дет вре́мени — you will have no time

    9) не передаётся, если в переводе используется отрицат. мест. (nobody, no one, nowhere, nothing, none, etc)

    никто́ не знал его́ — nobody knew him

    он никого́ не знал там — he knew nobody there

    он никогда́ там не́ был — he has never been there

    иска́ть и не находи́ть поко́я и т.п. — seek rest, etc, and find none

    10)

    не... и не (ни... ни) — neither... nor

    э́то не зо́лото и не серебро́ — it is neither gold nor silver

    11)

    не могу́ [мог] не (+ инф.) — cannot [could not] help (+ ger); cannot [could not] but

    он не мог не сказа́ть — he could not help saying

    он не мог не улыбну́ться — he could not help smiling; he could not but smile

    12) (ср. некого, нечего 1))

    не... кого́ [кому́ и т.д.] (+ инф.) — there is nobody (+ to inf)

    не... чего́ [чему́ и т.д.] (+ инф.) — there is nothing (+ to inf)

    не́ на кого положи́ться — there is nobody to rely on

    не́ на что смотре́ть — there is nothing to look at

    ему́ не́ на кого положи́ться [не́ с кем игра́ть, не́ на что жить] — he has nobody to rely on [nobody to play with, nothing to live on]

    ему́ не́ на что купи́ть — he has nothing to buy it with, he has no money to buy it

    ему́ не́ на что э́то обменя́ть — there is nothing he can exchange it for

    13) (+ инф.; в знач. "нельзя", "невозможно")

    им не уйти́ — they shall not escape

    им э́того не сде́лать — they could not do it

    его́ не узна́ть — one would not know him

    ••

    не раз — more than once, time and again

    не по себе́ (неловко, неспокойно) — ill at ease

    ему́ бы́ло не по себе́ — he was ill at ease

    э́то не по мне [нём] — 1) (не по нутру, не по вкусу) that goes against the grain for me [him] (+ to inf) 2) ( не по силам) that's beyond me [him]

    не кто ино́й как — none other than

    тем не ме́нее — nevertheless

    не́ за что! (в ответ на благодарность) — don't mention it!, that's all right!, not at all

    не́ к чему — there is no need

    не́ к чему спра́шивать — there is no need to ask

    не ту́т-то бы́ло! — no such luck!

    Новый большой русско-английский словарь > не

  • 116 निर् _nir

    निर् ind. A substitute for निस् before vowels and soft consonants conveying the senses of 'out of', 'away from'. 'without', 'free from', and be frequently expressed by 'less', 'un', used with the noun; see the compounds given below; see निस् and cf. अ also.
    -Comp. -अंश a.
    1 whole, entire.
    -2 not entitled to any share of the ancestral property.
    -अक्षः the place of no latitute; i. e. the terrestrial equator (in astronomy). ˚देशः
    1 a first meridian, as Laṅkā.
    -2 a place where the sun is always vertical and the days and nights are equal.
    -3 the equatorial region.
    -अक्षर a. Not knowing the letters, illiterate.
    -अग्नि a. having lost or neg- lected the consecrated fire; स संन्यासी च योगी च न निरग्निर्न चाक्रियः Bg.6.1.
    -अग्र (क) a. divisible without remain- der.
    -अङ्कुश a. 'not curbed by a hook', unchecked, uncontrolled; unruly, independent, completely free, unfettered; निरङ्कुश इव द्विपः Bhāg.; कामो निकामनिरङ्कुशः Gīt.7; निरङ्कुशाः कवयः Sk.; Bh.3.15; Mv.3.39; विनयरुचयः सदैव निरङ्कुशाः Mu.3.6. ˚ता self-will, indepen- dence.
    -अघ a. sinless, blameless.
    -अङ्ग a.
    1 having no parts.
    -2 deprived of expedients or resources.
    -अजिन a. skinless.
    -अञ्जन a.
    1 without collyrium; निरञ्जने साचिविलोलिकं दृशौ Ki.8.52.
    -2 unstained, untinged.
    -3 free from falsehood; तदा विद्वान् पुण्यपापे विधूय निरञ्जनं परमं साम्यमुपैति Munda 3.1.3.
    -4 simple, artless.
    (-नः) 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 N. of the Supreme Being.
    (-ना) 1 the day of full moon.
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -अतिशय a. unsurpassed, matchless, un- rivalled; निरतिशयं गरिमाणं तेन जनन्याः स्मरन्ति विद्वांसः Pt.1.3. (
    -यः) the Supreme Being.
    -अत्यय a.
    1 free from danger, secure, safe; तद्भवान् वृत्तसंपन्नः स्थितः पथि निरत्यये Rām.4.29.12; R.17.53.
    -2 free from fault, unblamable, faultless, disinterested; Ki.1.12, शक्तिरर्थपतिषु स्वयंग्रहं प्रेम कारयति वा निरत्ययम् 13.61.
    -3 com- pletely successful.
    -अधिष्ठान a.
    1 supportless.
    -2 in- dependent.
    -अध्व a. one who has lost one's way.
    -अनुक्रोश a. pitiless, merciless, hard-hearted. (
    -शः) mercilessness, hard-heartedness.
    -अनुग a. having no followers.
    -अनुग्रह a. Ungracious, unkind; Bhāg.5. 12.7.
    -अनुनासिक a. not nasal.
    -अनुमान a. not bound to conclusions or consequences.
    -अनुयोज्य a. unblamable, faultless.
    -अनुरोध a.
    1 unfavourable, unfriendly.
    -2 unkind, unamiable; Māl.1.
    -अन्तर a.
    -1 constant, perpetual, uninterrupted, incessant; निरन्त- राधिपटलैः Bv.1.16; निरन्तरास्वन्तरवातवृष्टिषु Ku.5.25.
    -2 having no intervening or intermediate space, having no interval, close, closely contiguous, in close contact; मूढे निरन्तरपयोधरया मयैव Mk.5.15; हृदयं निरन्तरबृहत्कठिनस्तन- मण्डलावरणमप्यभिदन् Śi.9.66.
    -3 compact, dense; परितो रुद्धनिरन्तराम्बराः Śi.16.76.
    -4 coarse, gross.
    -5 faithful, true (as a friend).
    -6 not hidden from view.
    -7 not different, similar, identical.
    -8 sincere, sympathetic; सुहृदि निरन्तरचित्ते (निवेद्य दुःखं सुखीभवति) Pt.1.341.
    -9 abounding in, full of; निपात्यमानैर्ददृशे निरन्तरम् Rām.7.7. 54; गुणैश्च निरन्तराणि Mv.4.12. (
    -रम्) ind.
    1 without interruption, constantly, continually, incessantly.
    -2 without intervening space or interval.
    -3 closely, tightly, firmly; (परिष्वजस्व) कान्तैरिदं मम निरन्तरमङ्गमङ्गैः Ve.3.27; परिष्वजेते शयने निरन्तरम् Ṛs.2.11.
    -4 immedia- tely. ˚अभ्यासः constant study, diligent exercise or pra- ctice.
    -अन्तराल a.
    1 without an intervening space, close.
    -2 narrow.
    -अन्धस् a. foodless, hungry.
    -अन्वय a.
    1 having no progeny, childless.
    -2 unconnected, unrelated; Ms.8.198.
    -3 not agreeing with the con- text (as a word in a sentence).
    -4 without logical connection or regular sequence, unmethodical.
    -5 without being seen, out of sight; निरन्वयं भवेत् स्तेयम् Ms.8. 332.
    -6 without retinue, unaccompanied, see अन्वय.
    -7 sudden, unexpected; U.7.
    -8 exterminatory, without leaving any species or trace; प्रागाधारनिरन्वयप्रमथनादुच्छेदमे- वाकरोः... Mv.3.13; (com. नाशो द्विविधः--स्वान्वयविनाशः, निरन्वयविनाशश्चेति......निर्वापणादिना सजातीयज्वालोदयानर्हविनाशस्तु निरन्वयविनाशः ।).
    -अपत्रप a.
    1 shameless, impudent.
    -2 bold.
    -अपराध a. guiltless, innocent, faultless, blame- less. (
    -धः) innocence.
    -अपवर्त a.
    1 not turning back.
    -2 (in arith.) leaving no common divisor, reduced to the lowest terms.
    -अपवाद a.
    1 blameless.
    -2 not admitting of any exception.
    -अपाय a.
    1 free from harm or evil.
    -2 free from decay, imperishable.
    -3 infallible; उपायो निरपायो$यमस्माभिरभिचिन्तितः Rām.1.1.2.
    -अपेक्ष a.
    1 not depending on, irrespective or independent of, having no need of (with loc.); न्यायनिर्णीतसारत्वा- न्निरपेक्षमिवागमे Ki.11.39.
    -2 disregarding, taking no notice of.
    -3 free from desire, secure; निरपेक्षो न कर्तव्यो भृत्यैः स्वामी कदाचन H.2.82.
    -4 careless, negligent, indifferent
    -5 indifferent to worldly attachments or pursuits; समुपोढेषु कामेषु निरपेक्षः परिव्रजेत् Ms.6.41.
    -6 disinterested, not expecting any reward from another; दिशि दिशि निरपेक्ष- स्तावकीनं विवृण्वन् Bv.1.5.
    -7 without purpose. (
    -क्षा) indifference, disregard.
    -अपेक्षित a.
    1 disregarded.
    -2 regardless.
    -अपेक्षिन् a. disregarding, indifferent.
    -अभिभव a.
    1 not subject to humiliation or disgrace.
    -2 not to be surpassed, unrivalled.
    -अभिमान a.
    1 free from self-conceit, devoid of pride or egotism.
    -2 void of self-respect.
    -3 unconscious.
    -अभिलाष a. not caring for, indifferent to; स्वसुखनिरभिलाषः खिद्यसे लोकहेतोः Ś.5.7.
    -अभिसंधानम् absence of design.
    -अभ्र a. cloudless.
    -अमर्ष a.
    1 void of anger, patient.
    -2 apa- thetic.
    -अम्बर a. naked.
    -अम्बु a.
    1 abstaining from water.
    -2 waterless, destitute of water.
    -अर्गल a. without a bolt, unbarred, unobstructed, unrestrained, unimpeded, completely free; M.5; मरणसमये त्यक्त्वा शङ्कां प्रलापनिरर्गलम् Māl.5.26. (
    -लम्) ind. freely.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 void of wealth, poor, indigent; स्त्रियः कृतार्थाः पुरुषं निरर्थं निष्पीडितालक्तकवत्त्यजन्ति Pt.1.194.
    -2 meaningless, un- meaning (as a word or sentence).
    -3 non-sensical.
    -4 vain, useless, purposeless.
    (-र्थः) 1 loss, detriment.
    -2 nonsense.
    -अर्थक a.
    1 useless, vain, unprofitable.
    -2 unmeaning, nonsensical, conveying no reasonable meaning; इत्थं जन्म निरर्थकं क्षितितले$रण्ये यथा मालती S. D.
    -3 (a consonant) not followed by a vowel. (
    -कम्) an expletive; निरर्थकं तु हीत्यादि पूरणैकप्रयोजनम् Chandr.2.6.
    -अलंकृतिः (in Rhet.) want of ornament, simplicity.
    -अवकाश a.
    1 without free space.
    -2 without leisure.
    -अवग्रह a.
    1 'free from restraint', unrestrained, un- checked, uncontrolled, irresistible.
    -2 free, indepen- dent.
    -3 self-willed, head-strong. (
    -हम्) ind.
    1 un- interruptedly.
    -2 intensely, strongly.
    -अवद्य a.
    1 blameless, faultless, unblameable, unobjectionable; हृद्य- निरवद्यरूपो भूपो बभूव Dk.1.
    -2 an epithet of the Supreme Being (having no passions).
    -अवधि a. having no end, unlimited; कथं तूष्णीं सह्यो निरवधिरयं त्वप्रतिविधः U. 3.44;6.3; Māl.1.6.
    -2 continuous; महानाधिव्याधि- र्निरवधिरिदानीं प्रसरतु Māl.4.3.
    1 without parts.
    -2 indivisible.
    -3 without limbs.
    -अवलम्ब a.
    1 unsupported, without support; Ś.6.
    -2 not affording support.
    -3 not depending or relying on.
    -अवशेष a. whole, complete, entire, (निरवशेषेण ind. completely, entirely, fully, totally).
    -अवसाद a. cheerful; Gīt.
    -अव्यय a. eternal, immutable.
    - अशन a. abstaining from food. (
    -नम्) fasting.
    -अश्रि a. even; Kau. A.2.11.
    -अष्ट a. Ved. driven away, scattered. (
    -ष्टः) a horse twentyfour years old.
    -अस्त्र a. weaponless, unarmed.
    -अस्थि a. boneless.
    -अहंकार, -अहंकृति a. free from egotism or pride, humble, lowly; Bg.12.13.
    -अहंकृत a.
    1 having no egotism or self-consciousness.
    -2 without individuality.
    -3 unselfish.
    -अहम् a. free from egotism or self-conceit; ह्यनामरूपं निरहं प्रपद्ये Bhāg. 5.19.4.
    -आकाङ्क्ष a.
    1 wishing nothing, free from desire.
    -2 wanting nothing to fill up or complete (as the sense of a word or sentence).
    -आकार a.
    1 devoid of form, formless, without form.
    -2 ugly, deformed.
    -3 disguised.
    -4 unassuming, modest.
    (-रः) 1 the universal spirit, Almighty.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -3 of Viṣṇu. ˚ज्ञानवादः the doctrine that the perception of the outer world does not arise from images impres- sed on the mind; Sarva. S.
    -आकृति a.
    1 formless, shapeless.
    -2 deformed.
    (-तिः) 1 a religious student who has not duly gone through a course of study, or who has not properly read the Vedas.
    -2 especially, a Brāhmaṇa who has neglected the duties of his caste by not going through a regular course of study; a fool; ग्रामधान्यं यथा शून्यं यथा कूपश्च निर्जलः । यथा हुतमनग्नौ च तथैव स्यान्निराकृतौ ॥ Mb.12.36.48.
    -3 one who neglects the five great religious duties or yajñas; Ms.3.154.
    -आकाश a. leaving no free space, completely filled or occupied,
    -आकुल a.
    1 unconfused, unperplexed, un- bewildered; Ki.11.38.
    -2 steady, calm; सुपात्रनिक्षेपनिरा- कुलात्मना (प्रजासृजा) Śi.1.28.
    -3 clear.
    -4 perspicuous; अलिकुलसङ्कुलकुसुमसमूहनिराकुलबकुलकलापे Gīt.1.
    (-लम्) 1 calmness serenity.
    -2 perspicuity, clearness.
    -आक्रन्द a. not crying or complaining. (
    -दः) a place where no sound can be heard.
    -आक्रोश a. unaccused, unreviled.
    - आगम a. not founded on revelation or scripture, not derived from the Vedas.
    -आगस् a. faultless, innocent, sinless; कथमेकपदे निरागसं जनमाभाष्यमिमं न मन्यसे R.8.48.
    -आचार a. without approved customs or usages, lawless, barbarian.
    -आडम्बर a.
    1 without drums.
    -2 without show, unostentatious.
    -आतङ्क a.
    1 free from fear; R.1.63; निरातङ्को रङ्को विहरति चिरं कोटिकनकैः Śaṅkara (देव्यपराधक्षमापनस्तोत्रम् 6).
    -2 without ailment, comfort- able, healthy.
    -3 not causing pain.
    -4 unchecked, unhampered; निरातङ्कः पङ्केष्विव पिशितपिण्डेषु विलसन् Māl. 5.34. (
    -कः) an epithet of Śiva.
    - आतप a. sheltered from heat, shady, not penetrated by the sun's rays. (
    -पा) the night.
    - आदर a. disrespectful.
    -आदान a.
    1 taking or receiving nothing; Mb.3.
    -2 an epithet of Buddha.
    -आधार a.
    1 without a receptacle.
    -2 without support, supportless (fig. also); निराधारो हा रोदिमि कथय केषामिह पुरः G. L.4.39.
    -आधि a. secure, free from anxiety.
    -आनन्द a. cheerless, sad, sorrowful.
    -आन्त्र a.
    1 disembowelled.
    -2 having the entrails hanging out.
    -आपद् a. free from misfortune or calamity. (-f.) prosperity.
    -आबाध a.
    1 unvexed, unmolested, undis- turbed, free from disturbance.
    -2 unobstructed.
    -3 not molesting or disturbing.
    -4 (in law) frivolously vexatious (as a suit or cause of complaint); e. g. अस्मद्- गृहप्रदीपप्रकाशेनायं स्वगृहे व्यवहरति Mitā.
    1 free from disease or illness, sound, healthy, hale.
    -2 untainted, pure.
    -3 guileless.
    -4 free from defects or blemishes.
    -5 full, complete.
    -6 infallible.
    -7 not liable to failure or miscarriage. (
    -यः, यम्) freedom from disease or illness, health, well-being, welfare, happiness; कुरूणां पाण्डवानां च प्रतिपत्स्व निरामयम् Mb.5.78.8.
    (-यः) 1 a wild goat.
    -2 a hog or boar.
    -आमिष a.
    1 fleshless; निरुपमरसप्रीत्या खादन्नरास्थि निरामिषम् Bh.
    -2 having no sensual desires or covetousness; Ms.6.49.
    -3 receiving no wages or remuneration.
    -आय a. yielding no income or revenue, profitless.
    -यः an idler living from hand to mouth.
    1 full-stretched or extended; निरायतपूर्वकायाः Ś.1.8.
    -2 contracted, compact.
    -आय- -तत्वम् shortness, compactness; निरायतत्वादुदरेण ताम्यता Ki.8.17.
    -आयति a. one whose end is at hand; नियता लघुता निरायतेः Ki.2.14.
    -आयास a. not fatiguing, easy.
    -आयुध a. unarmed, weaponless.
    -आरम्भ a. abstaining from all work (in good sense); Mb.3.82.11.
    -आलम्ब a.
    1 having no prop or support (fig. also); ऊर्ध्वबाहुं निरालम्बं तं राजा प्रत्यभाषत Rām.7.89.1; निरालम्बो लोकः कुलमयशसा नः परिवृतम् Mv.4.53.
    -2 not depending on another, independent.
    -3 self-supported, friendless, alone; निरालम्बो लम्बोदरजननि कं यामि शरणम् Jag. (
    -म्बा) spikenard. (
    -म्बम्) Brahman.
    -आलोक a.
    1 not looking about or seeing.
    -2 deprived of sight.
    -3 deprived of light, dark; निरालोकं लोकम् Māl.5.3; Bhāg.8.24.35.
    -5 invisible. (
    -कः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -आवर्ण a. manifest, evident.
    -आश a.
    1 devoid of hope, despairing or despondent of; मनो बभूवेन्दुमतीनिराशम् R.6.2.
    -2 depriving (one) of all hope.
    -आशक, -आशिन् a. hopeless; अद्य दुर्योधनो राज्याज्जीविताच्च निराशकः (भविष्यति) Mb.8.74.13.
    -आशङ्क a. fearless.
    -आशा hopeless- ness, despair.
    -आशिस् a.
    1 without a boon or blessing, without virtues; आश्रमा विहिताः सर्वे वर्जयित्वा निराशिषम् Mb.12.63.13.
    -2 without any desire, wish or hope, indifferent; निराशीर्यतचित्तात्मा Bg.4.21; जगच्छ- रण्यस्य निराशिषः सतः Ku.5.76.
    -आश्रय a.
    1 without a prop or support, supportless, unsupported; न तिष्ठति निराश्रयं लिङ्गम् Sāṅ. K.41.
    -2 friendless, destitute, alone, without shelter or refuge; निराश्रयाधुना वत्सलता.
    -3 not deep (as a wound).
    -आस्वाद a. tasteless, insipid, un- savoury.
    -आहार a. 'foodless', fasting, abstaining from food. (
    -रः) fasting; कालो$ग्निः कर्म मृद् वायुर्मनो ज्ञानं तपो जलम् । पश्चात्तापो निराहारः सर्वे$मी शुद्धिहेतवः ॥ Y.3.31.
    -इङ्ग a. immovable, stationary; यथा दीपो निवातस्थो निरिङ्गो ज्वलते पुनः Mb.12.46.6.
    -इच्छ a. without wish or desire, indifferent.
    -इन्द्रिय a.
    1 having lost a limb or the use of it.
    -2 mutilated, maimed.
    -3 weak, infirm, frail; Kaṭh.1.1.3.
    -4 barren.
    -5 without प्रमाण or means of certain knowledge; निरिन्द्रिया ह्यमन्त्राश्च स्त्रियो$नृत- मिति स्थितिः Ms.9.18.
    -6 destitute of manly vigour, impotent (Ved.).
    -इन्धन a. destitute of fuel.
    -ईति a. free from the calamities of the season; निरातङ्का निरीतयः R.1.63; see ईति.
    -ईश्वर a. godless, atheistic. -˚वाद atheistic doctrine.
    -ईषम् the body of a plough.
    -ईह a.
    1 desireless, indifferent; निरीहाणामीशस्तृणमिव तिरस्कारविषयः Mu.3.16.
    -2 inactive; निरीहस्य हतद्विषः R.1.24.
    (-हा), -निरीहता, -त्वम् 1 inactivity.
    -2 indifference.
    -उच्छ्वास a.
    1 breathless, without breathing; निरुच्छ्वासं हरिं चक्रुः Rām.7.7.6.
    -2 narrow, contracted; उपेयुषो वर्त्म निरन्तराभिरसौ निरुच्छ्वासमनीकिनीभिः Śi.3.32.
    -3 dead; निरुच्छ्वासाः पुनः केचित् पतिता जगतीतले Rām.6.58.13. (
    -सः) absence of breath; लोका निरुच्छ्वासनिपीडिता भृशम् Bhāg.4. 8.8.
    -उत्तर a.
    1 answerless, without a reply.
    -2 un- able to answer, silenced.
    -3 having no superior.
    -उत्थ a. irrecoverable.
    -उद्धति a. not jolting (a chariot); अभूतल- स्पर्शतया निरुद्धतिः Ś.7.1. (v. l.)
    -उत्सव a. without festivi- ties; विरतं गेयमृतुर्निरुत्सवः R.8.66.
    -उत्साह a.
    1 inactive, indolent.
    -2 devoid of energy.
    (-हः) 1 absence of energy.
    -2 indolence.
    -उत्सुक a.
    1 indifferent.
    -2 calm, tranquil.
    - उदक a. waterless.
    1 having no belly or trunk.
    -2 thin (अतुन्दिल); श्रीमान्निरुदरो महान् Rām.3.16.31.
    -उद्यम, -उद्योग a. effortless, inactive, lazy, idle.
    उद्विग्न, -उद्वेग a. free from excitement or perturbation, sedate, calm.
    -उपक्रम a.
    1 without a commencement.
    -2 incurable.
    -उपद्रव a.
    1 free from calamity or affliction, not visited by danger or adver- sity, lucky, happy, undisturbed, unmolested, free from hostile attacks.
    -2 free from national distress or tyranny.
    -3 causing no affliction.
    -4 auspicious (as a star).
    -5 secure, peaceful.
    -उपधि a. guileless, honest; U.2.2. ˚जीवन a. leading an honest life. (v. l.).
    -उपपत्ति a. unsuitable.
    1 without any title or designation; अरे आर्यचारुदत्तं निरुपपदेन नाम्नालपसि Mk.1.18/19.
    -2 unconnected with a subordinate word.
    -उपप्लव a.
    1 free from disturbance, obstacle or calamity, unharmed; निरुपप्लवानि नः कर्माणि संवृत्तानि Ś3.
    -2 not causing any affliction or misery.
    -3 an epithet of Śiva.
    -उपभोग a. without enjoyment; संसरति निरुपभोगं भावैरधिवासितं लिङ्गम् Sāṅ. K.4.
    - उपम a. peerless, matchless, incomparable.
    -उपसर्ग free from portents.
    -उपस्कृत a. not corrupted, pure; of self-denying temperament; शमेन तपसा चैव भक्त्या च निरुपस्कृतः । शुद्धात्मा ब्राह्मणो रात्रौ निदर्शनमपश्यत ॥ Mb.12.271.14.
    1 not injured, unhurt.
    -2 auspicious, lucky.
    -उपाख्य a.
    1 unreal, false, non-existent (as वन्ध्यापुत्र).
    -2 immaterial.
    -3 invisible. (
    -ख्यम्) the supreme Brahman.
    -उपाधि (क) a. without qualities, absolute.
    -उपाय a.
    1 without expedients, helpless.
    -2 unsuc- cessful.
    -उपेक्ष a.
    1 free from trick or fraud.
    -2 not neglectful.
    -उष्मन् a. devoid of heat, cold.
    -गन्ध a. void of smell, scentless, unfragrant, inodorous; निर्गन्धा इव किंशुकाः. ˚पुष्पी f. the Śālmali tree.
    -गर्व a. free from pride.
    -गवाक्ष a. windowless.
    -गुण a.
    1 stringless (as a bow).
    -2 devoid of all properties.
    -3 devoid of good qualities, bad, worthless; निर्गुणः शोभते नैव विपुलाड- म्बरो$पि ना Bv.1.115.
    -4 without attributes; साकारं च निराकारं सगुणं निर्गुणं विभुम् Brahmavai. P.
    -5 having no epithet. (
    -णः) the Supreme Spirit. ˚आत्मक a. having no qualities.
    -गृहः a. houseless, homeless; सुगृही निर्गृही- कृता Pt.39.
    -गौरव a.
    1 without dignity, undignified.
    -2 devoid of respect.
    -ग्रन्थ a.
    1 freed from all ties or hindrances; आत्मारामाश्च मुनयो निर्ग्रन्था अप्युरुक्रमे । कुर्वन्त्यहैतुकीं भक्तिम् Bhāg.1.7.1.
    -2 poor, possessionless, beggarly.
    -3 alone, unassisted.
    (-न्थः) 1 an idiot, a fool.
    -2 a gambler.
    -3 a saint or devotee who has renounced all worldly attachments and wanders about naked and lives as a hermit.
    -4 A Buddha Muni.
    -ग्रन्थक a.
    1 clever, expert.
    -2 unaccompanied, alone.
    -3 deserted, abandoned.
    -4 fruitless. (
    -कः 1 a religious mendicant.
    -2 a naked devotee.
    -3 a gam- bler.
    -ग्रन्थिक a. clever. (
    -कः) a naked mendicant, a Jaina mendicant of the Digambara class.
    -घटम् 1 a free market.
    -2 a crowded market.
    -घण्टः See निघण्टः.
    -घृण a.
    1 cruel, merciless, pitiless.
    -2 shame- less, immodest.
    -घृणा cruelty.
    -घोष a. noiseless, still, calm.
    -जन a.
    1 tenantless, uninhabited, unfrequented, lonely, desolate.
    -2 without any retinue or attendants; भूयश्चैवाभिरक्षन्तु निर्धनान्निर्जना इव Mb.12.151.7. (
    -नम्) a desert, solitude, lonely place.
    -जन्तु a. free from living germs; H. Yoga.
    -जर a.
    1 young, fresh.
    -2 imperishable, immortal. (
    -रः) a deity, god; (nom. pl. निर्जराः -निर्जरसः) (
    -रम्) ambrosia, nectar.
    -जरायु a. Ved. skinless.
    -जल a.
    1 waterless, desert, destitute of water.
    -2 not mixed with water. (
    -लः) a waste, desert. ˚एकादशी N. of the eleventh day in the bright half of Jyeṣṭha.
    -जाड्य free from coldness.
    -जिह्वः a frog.
    -जीव a.
    1 lifeless.
    -2 dead; चिता दहति निर्जीवं चिन्ता दहति जीवितम्.
    -ज्ञाति a. having no kinsmen, alone.
    -ज्वर a. feverless, healthy.
    -दण्डः a Śūdra.
    -दय a.
    1 merci- less, cruel, pitiless, unmerciful, unkind.
    -2 passion- ate.
    -3 very close, firm or fast, strong, excessive, violent; मुग्धे विधेहि मयि निर्दयदन्तदंशम् Gīt.1; निर्दयरति- श्रमालसाः R.19.32; निर्दयाश्लेषहेतोः Me.18.
    -4 unpitied by any; निर्दया निर्नमस्कारास्तन्मनोरनुशासनम् Ms.9.239.
    -दयम् ind.
    1 unmercifully, cruelly.
    -2 violently, excessively; न प्रहर्तुमलमस्मि निर्दयम् R.11.84.
    -दश a. more than ten days old; यदा पशुर्निर्दशः स्यादथ मेध्यो भवे- दिति Bhāg.9.7.11.
    - दशन a. toothless.
    -दाक्षिण्य a. uncourteous.
    -दुःख a.
    1 free from pain, painless.
    -2 not causing pain.
    -दैन्य a. happy, comfortable.
    -दोष a.
    1 faultless, defectless; न निर्दोषं न निर्गुणम्
    -2 guiltless, innocent.
    -द्रव्य a.
    1 immaterial.
    -2 without property, poor.
    -द्रोह a. not hostile, friendly, well-disposed, not malicious.
    -द्वन्द्व a.
    1 indifferent in regard to opposite pairs of feelings (pleasure or pain), neither glad nor sorry; निर्द्वन्द्वो निर्ममो भूत्वा चरिष्यामि मृगैः सह Mb.1.85.16; निर्द्वन्द्वो नित्यसत्त्वस्थो निर्योगक्षेम आत्मवान् Bg.2.45.
    -2 not dependent upon another, independent.
    -3 free from jealousy or envy.
    -4 not double.
    -5 not contested, un- disputed.
    -6 not acknowledging two principles.
    -धन a. without property, poor, indigent; शशिनस्तुल्यवंशो$पि निर्धनः परिभूयते Chāṇ.82. (
    -नः) an old ox. ˚ता, ˚त्वम् poverty, indigence.
    -धर्म a. unrighteous, impious, unholy.
    -धूम a. smokeless.
    -धौत a. cleansed, rendered clean; निर्धौत- दानामलगण्डभित्तिर्वन्यः सरित्तो गज उन्ममज्ज R.5.43.
    -नमस्कार a.
    1 not courteous or civil, not respecting any one.
    -2 disrespected, despised.
    -नर a. abandoned by men, deserted.
    -नाणक a. coinless, penniless; Mk.2.
    -नाथ a. without a guardian or master. ˚ता
    1 want of protection.
    -2 widowhood.
    -3 orphanage.
    -नाभि a. going or reaching beyond the navel; निर्नाभि कौशेयमुपात्तबाणम् Ku.7.7.
    -नायक a. having no leader or ruler, anarchic.
    -नाशन, -नाशिन् a. expelling, banishing.
    -निद्र a. sleepless, wakeful.
    -निमित्त a.
    1 causeless.
    -2 disinterested.
    -निमेष a. not twinkling.
    -बन्धु a. without kindred or relation, friendless.
    -बल n. powerless, weak, feeble.
    -बाध a.
    1 unobstructed.
    -2 unfrequented, lonely, solitary.
    -3 unmolested.
    (-धः) 1 a part of the marrow.
    -2 a knob.
    -बीज a. seedless, impotent. (
    -जा) a sort of grape (Mar. बेदाणा).
    -बुद्धि a. stupid, ignorant, foolish.
    -बुष, -बुस a. unhusked, freed from chaff.
    -भक्त a. taken without eating (as a medicine).
    -भय a.
    1 fearless, undaunted.
    -2 free from danger, safe, secure; निर्भयं तु भवेद्यस्य राष्ट्रं बाहुबलाश्रितम् Ms.9.255.
    -भर a.
    1 excessive, vehement, violent, much, strong; त्रपाभरनिर्भर- स्मरशर &c. Gīt.12; तन्व्यास्तिष्ठतु निर्भरप्रणयिता मानो$पि रम्यो- दयः Amaru.47.
    -2 ardent.
    -3 fast, close (as embrace); कुचकुम्भनिर्भरपरीरम्भामृतं वाञ्छति Gīt.; परिरभ्य निर्भरम् Gīt.1.
    -4 sound, deep (as sleep).
    -5 full of, filled with (at the end of comp.); आनन्द˚, गर्व˚ &c. (
    -रः) a servant receiving no wages. (
    -रम्) excess. (
    -रम् ind.)
    1 ex- cessively, exceedingly, intensely.
    -2 soundly.
    -भाग्य a. unfortunate, unlucky.
    -भाज्य a. to be separated; स निर्भाज्यः स्वकादंशात् किंचिद्दत्वोपजीवनम् Ms.9.27.
    -भृतिः a. without wages, hireless.
    -भोगः a. not fond of plea- sures.
    -मक्षिक a. 'free from flies', undisturbed, private, lonely. (
    -कम्) ind. without flies, i. e. lonely, private; कृतं भवतेदानीं निर्मक्षिकम् Ś.2,6.
    -मज्ज a. fatless, meagre.
    -मत्सर a. free from envy, unenvious; निर्मत्सरे मत्समे वत्स... वसुन्धराभारमारोप्य Rāmāyaṇachampū.
    -मत्स्य a. fishless.
    -मद a.
    1 not intoxicated, sober, quiet.
    -2 not proud, humble.
    -3 sad, sorry.
    -4 not in rut (as an elephant).
    -मनुज, -मनुष्य a. tenantless, uninhabited, deserted by men.
    -मन्तु a. faultless, innocent.
    -मन्त्र a.
    1 a ceremony, unaccompanied by holy texts.
    -2 not familiar with holy texts; Mb.12.36.43.
    -मन्यु, -मन्युक a. free from anger; Mb.5.133.4.
    -मम a.
    1 free from all connections with the outer world, who has renounced all worldly ties; संसारमिव निर्ममः (ततार) R.12.6; Bg.2.71; निराशीर्निर्ममो भूत्वा युध्यस्व विगतज्वरः 3.3.
    -2 unselfish, disinterested.
    -3 indifferent to (with loc.); निर्ममे निर्ममो$र्थेषु मथुरां मधुराकृतिः R.15.28; प्राप्तेष्वर्थेषु निर्ममाः Mb.
    -4 an epithet of Śiva.
    -मर्याद a.
    1 boundless, immeasurable.
    -2 transgressing the limits of right or propriety, unrestrained, unruly, sinful, criminal; मनुजपशुभिर्निर्मर्यादैर्भवद्भिरुदायुधैः Ve.3.22.
    -3 confused.
    -4 insolent, immodest. (
    -दम्) ind. confusedly, topsy- turvy. (
    -दम्) confusion, disorder.
    -मल a.
    1 free from dirt or impurities, clear, pure, stainless, unsullied (fig. also); नीरान्निर्मलतो जनिः Bv.1.63.
    -2 resplendent, bright; Bh.1.56.
    -3 sinless, virtuous; निर्मलाः स्वर्गमायान्ति सन्तः सुकृतिनो यथा Ms.8.318.
    (-लम्) 1 talc.
    -2 the remainings of an offering made to a deity. ˚उपलः a crystal.
    - मशक a. free from gnats.
    -मांस a. fleshless; स्वल्प- स्नायुवसावशेषमलिनं निर्मांसमप्यस्थिकम् Bh.2.3.
    -मान a.
    1 without self-confidence.
    -2 free from pride.
    -मानुष a. uninhabited, desolate.
    -मार्ग a. roadless, pathless.
    -मिथ्य a. not false, true; H. Yoga.
    -मुटः 1 a tree bearing large blossoms.
    -2 the sun.
    -3 a rogue. (
    -टम्) a large free market or fair.
    -मूल a.
    1 rootless (as a tree).
    -2 baseless, unfounded (statement, charge &c.).
    -3 eradicated.
    -मेघ a. cloudless.
    -मेध a. without un- derstanding, stupid, foolish, dull.
    -मोह a. free from illusion. (
    -हः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -यत्न a. inactive, lazy, dull.
    -यन्त्रण a.
    1 unrestrained, unobstructed, uncontrolled, unrestricted.
    -2 unruly, self-willed, in- dependent.
    (-णम्) 1 squeezing out.
    -2 absence of restraint, independence.
    -यशस्क a. without fame, dis- creditable, inglorious.
    -युक्त a.
    1 constructed, built.
    -2 directed.
    -3 (in music) limited to metre and mea- sure.
    -युक्ति f.
    1 disunion.
    -2 absence of connection or government.
    -3 unfitness, impropriety.
    -युक्तिक a.
    1 disjoined, unconnected.
    -2 illogical, unmeaning.
    -3 unfit, improper.
    -यूथ a. separated from the herd, strayed from the flock (as an elephant).
    -यूष = निर्यास.
    -योगक्षेम a. free from care (about acquisition); Bg.2. 45.
    -रक्त a. (
    -नीरक्त) colourless, faded.
    -रज, -रजस्क a.
    (-नीरज, नीरजस्क) 1 free from dust.
    -2 devoid of passion or darkness. (
    -जः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -रजस् (नरिजस्) a. see
    नीरज. (-f.) a woman not men- struating. ˚तमसा absence of passion or darkness.
    -रत (नीरत) a. not attached to, indifferent.
    -रन्ध्र a.
    (नीरन्ध्र) 1 without holes or interstices, very close or contiguous, thickly situated; नीरन्ध्रनीरनिचुलानि सरित्तटानि U.2.23.
    -2 thick, dense.
    -3 coarse, gross.
    -रव a. (
    -नीरव) not making any noise, noiseless; गतिविभ्रमसाद- नीरवा (रसना) R.8.58.
    -रस a.
    (नीरस) 1 tasteless, unsavoury, flavourless.
    -2 (fig.) insipid, without any poetic charm; नीरसानां पद्मानाम् S. D.1.
    -3 sapless, without juice, withered or dried up; Ś. Til.9.
    -4 vain, use- less, fruitless; अलब्धफलनीरसान् मम विधाय तस्मिन् जने V.2.11.
    -5 disagreeable.
    -6 cruel, merciless. (
    -सः) the pomegranate.
    - रसन a. (
    नीरसन) having no girdle (रसना); Ki.5.11.
    -रुच् a. (
    नीरुच्) without lustre, faded, dim; परिमलरुचिराभिर्न्यक्कृतास्तु प्रभाते युवतिभिरुप- भोगान्नीरुचः पुष्पमालाः Śi.11.27.
    -रुज्, -रुज a. (नीरुज्, नीरुज) free from sickness, healthy, sound; नीरुजस्य किमौषधैः H.1.
    -रूप a. (नीरूप) formless, shapeless.
    (-पः) 1 air, wind.
    -2 a god. (
    -पम्) ether.
    -रोग a. (नीरोग) free from sickness or disease, healthy, sound; यथा नेच्छति नीरोगः कदाचित् सुचिकित्सकम् Pt.1.118.
    -लक्षण a.
    1 having no auspicious marks, ill-featured.
    -2 undisting- uished.
    -3 unimportant, insignificant.
    -4 unspotted.
    -5 having a white back.
    -लक्ष्य a. invisible.
    -लज्ज a. shameless, impudent.
    -लाञ्छनम् the marking of dome- stic animals (by perforating the nose &c.).
    -लिङ्ग a. having no distinguishing or characteristic marks.
    -लिप्त a.
    1 unanointed.
    -2 undefiled, unsullied.
    -3 indifferent to.
    (-प्तः) 1 N. of Kṛiṣṇa.
    -2 a sage.
    -लून a. cut through or off.
    -लेप a.
    1 unsmeared, unanointed; निर्लेपं काञ्चनं भाण्डमद्भिरेव विशुध्यति Ms.5.112.
    -2 stainless, sinless. (
    -पः) a sage.
    -लोभ a. free from desire or avarice, unavaricious.
    -लोमन् a. devoid of hair, hairless.
    -वंश a. without posterity, childless.
    1 not speaking, silent.
    -2 unobjectionable, blameless; (for other senses see the word separately).
    -नम् ind. silently; माल्येन तां निर्वचनं जघान Ku.7.19.
    -वण, -वन a.
    1 being out of a wood.
    -2 free from woods.
    -3 bare, open.
    -वत्सल a. not loving or fondling (esp. children); निर्वत्सले सुतशतस्य विपत्तिमेतां त्वं नानुचिन्तयसि Ve.5.3.
    -वर = निर्दरम् q. v.
    -वसु a. destitute of wealth, poor.
    -वाच्य a.
    1 not fit to be said.
    -2 blameless, unobjectionable; सखीषु निर्वाच्य- मधार्ष्ट्यदूषितं प्रियाङ्गसंश्लेषमवाप मानिनी Ki.8.48.
    -वात a. free or sheltered from wind, calm, still; हिमनिष्यन्दिनी प्रातर्निर्वातेव वनस्थली R.15.66. (
    -तः) a place sheltered from or not exposed to wind; निर्वाते व्यजनम् H.2.124.
    -वानर a. free from monkeys.
    -वायस a. free from crows.
    -वार्य a.
    1 irresistible.
    -2 acting fearlessly or boldly.
    -विकल्प, -विकल्पक a.
    1 not admitting an alternative.
    -2 being without determination or resolu- tion.
    -3 not capable of mutual relation.
    -4 conditioned.
    -5 undeliberative.
    -6 recognizing no such distinction as that of subject and object, or of the knower and the known; as applied to समाधि or contemplation, it is 'an exclusive concentration upon the one entity without distinct and separate consciousness of the knower, the known, and the knowing, and without even self-consciousness'; निर्विकल्पकः ज्ञातृज्ञानादिविकल्पभेद- लयापेक्षः; नो चेत् चेतः प्रविश सहसा निर्विकल्पे समाधौ Bh.3.61; आत्मारामा विहितरतयो निर्विकल्पे समाधौ Ve.1.23.
    -7 (in phil.) not arising from the relation of the qualifier and the qualified, (विशेषणविशेष्यसंबन्धानवगाहि प्रत्यक्षं ज्ञानम्) said of knowledge not derived from the senses, as घटत्व. (
    -ल्पम्) ind. without hesitation or wavering.
    -विकार a.
    1 unchanged, unchangeable, immutable.
    -2 not dispos- ed; तौ स्थास्यतस्ते नृपती निदेशे परस्परावग्रहनिर्विकारौ M.5.14.
    -3 disinterested; तरुविटपलतानां बान्धवो निर्विकारः Ṛs.2.28. (
    -रः) the Supreme deity.
    -विकास a. unblown.
    -विघ्न a. uninterrupted, unobstructed, free from impediments; निर्विघ्नं कुरु मे देव सर्वकार्येषु सर्वदा. (
    -घ्नम्) absence of impedi- ment.
    -विचार a. not reflecting, thoughtless, incon- siderate; रे रे स्वैरिणि निर्विचारकविते मास्मत्प्रकाशीभव Chandr. 1.2. (
    -रम्) ind. thoughtlessly, unhesitatingly.
    -वि- चिकित्स a. free from doubt or reflection.
    -विचेष्ट a. motionless, insensible; यो हि दिष्टमुपासीनो निर्विचेष्टः सुखं शयेत् Mb.3.32.14.
    -वितर्क a. unreflecting.
    -विनोद a. without amusement, void of pastime, diversion or solace; शङ्के रात्रौ गुरुतरशुचं निर्विनोदां सखीं ते Me.9.
    -विन्ध्या N. of a river in the Vindhya hills; निर्विन्ध्यायाः पथि भव रसाभ्यन्तरः सन्निपत्य Me.28.
    -विमर्श a.
    1 void of reflec- tion, thoughtless.
    -2 not having विमर्श Sandhi.
    -विवर a.
    1 having no opening or cavity.
    2 without interstices or interval, close, compact; घटते हि संहततया जनितामिदमेव निर्विवरतां दधतोः Śi.9.44.
    -विवाद a.
    1 not contending or disagreeing.
    -2 undisputed, not contra- dicted or disputed, universally acknowledged.
    -विवेक a. indiscreet, void of judgment, wanting in discrimination, foolish.
    -विशङ्क a. fearless, undaunted, confident; Ms.7.176; यस्मिन्कृत्यं समावेश्य निर्विशङ्केन चेतसा । आस्यते सेवकः स स्यात् कलत्रमिव चापरम् ॥ Pt.1.85.
    -विशेष a. showing or making no difference, indiscriminating, without dis- tinction; निर्विशेषा वयं त्वयि Mb.; निर्विशेषो विशेषः Bh.3.5. 'a difference without distinction'.
    -2 having no difference, same, like, not differing from (oft. in comp.); निर्विशेषाकृति 'having the same form'; प्रवातनीलो- त्पलनिर्विशेषम् Ku.1.46; स निर्विशेषप्रतिपत्तिरासीत् R.14.22.
    -3 indiscriminate, promiscuous. (
    -षः) absence of difference. (निर्विशेषम् and निर्विशेषेण are used adverbially in the sense of 'without difference', 'equally', indiscrimi- nately'; क्रुद्धेन विप्रमुक्तो$यं निर्विशेषं प्रियाप्रिये Rām.7.22.41. स्वगृहनिर्विशेषमत्र स्थीयताम् H.1; R.5.6.).
    -विशेषण a. without attributes.
    -विष a. poisonless (as a snake); निर्विषा डुण्डुभाः स्मृताः.
    -विषङ्ग a. not attached, indifferent.
    -विषय a.
    1 expelled or driven away from one's home, residence or proper place; मनोनिर्विषयार्थकामया Ku.5.38; R.9.32; also
    -निर्विषयीकृत; वने प्राक्कलनं तीर्थं ये ते निर्विषयी- कृताः Rām.2.14.4.
    -2 having no scope or sphere of action; किंच एवं काव्यं प्रविरलविषयं निर्विषयं वा स्यात् S. D.1.
    -3 not attached to sensual objects (as mind).
    -विषाण a. destitute of horns.
    -विहार a. having no pleasure.
    -वीज, -बीज a.
    1 seedless.
    -2 impotent.
    -3 causeless.
    -वीर a.
    1 deprived of heroes; निर्वीरमुर्वीतलम् P. R.1.31.
    -2 cowardly.
    -वीरा a woman whose husband and children are dead.
    -वीर्य a. powerless, feeble, unmanly, impotent; निर्वीर्यं गुरुशापभाषितवशात् किं मे तवेवायुधम् Ve.3.34.
    -वीरुध, -वृक्ष a. treeless.
    -वृत्ति f. accomplishment, achievement; अत आसां निर्वृत्त्या अपवर्गः स्यात् । आतण्डुलनिर्वृत्तेः आ च पिष्टनिर्वृत्तेरभ्यास इति ॥ ŚB. on MS.11.1.27. -a. having no occupation, destitute. See निर्वृति.
    -वृष a. depriv- ed of bulls.
    -वेग a. not moving, quiet, calm.
    -वेतन a honorary, unsalaried.
    -वेद a. not acknowledging the Vedas, an atheist, infidel.
    -वेष्टनम् a. a weaver's shuttle.
    -वैर a. free from enmity, amicable, peaceable. (
    -रम्) absence of enmity.
    -वैलक्ष्य a. shameless.
    -व्यञ्जन a.
    1 straight-forward.
    -2 without condiment. (
    -नम् ind.) plainly, in a straight-forward or honest manner.
    -व्यथ, -न a.
    1 free from pain.
    -2 quiet, calm.
    -व्यथनम् a hole; छिद्रं निर्व्यथनम् Ak.
    -व्यपेक्ष a. indifferent to, regardless of; मृग्यश्च दर्भाङ्कुरनिर्व्यपेक्षास्तवागतिज्ञं समबोधयन् माम् R.13.25;14.39.
    -व्यलीक a.
    1 not hurting or offending.
    -2 without pain.
    -3 pleased, doing anything willingly.
    -4 sincere, genuine, undissembling.
    -व्यवधान a. (ground) uncovered, bare.
    -व्यवश्थ a. moving hither and thither.
    -व्यसन a. free from bad inclination.
    -व्याकुल a. calm.
    -व्याघ्र a. not haunted or infested by tigers.
    -व्याज a.
    1 candid, upright, honest, plain.
    -2 without fraud, true, genuine.
    -3 got by heroism or daring deeds (not by fraud or cowardly conduct); अशस्त्रपूतनिर्व्याजम् (महामांसम्) Māl.5.12. (v. l.)
    -4 not hypocritical; धर्मस्य निर्व्याजता (विभूषणम्) Bh.2.82. (
    -जम् ind.) plainly, honestly, candidly; निर्व्याजमालिङ्गितः Amaru.85.
    -व्याजीकृत a. made plain, freed from deceit.
    -व्यापार a.
    1 without employment or business, free from occupation; तं दधन्मैथिलीकण्ठनिर्व्यापारेण बाहुना R.15.56.
    -2 motionless; U.6.
    -व्यावृत्ति a. not invol- ving any return (to worldly existence).
    -व्रण a.
    1 un- hurt, without wounds.
    -2 without rents.
    -व्रत a. not observing vows.
    -व्रीड a. shameless, impudent.
    -हिमम् cessation of winter.
    -हेति a. weaponless.
    -हेतु a. cause- less, having no cause or reason.
    -ह्रीक a.
    1 shameless, impudent.
    -2 bold, daring.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > निर् _nir

  • 117 switchboard

    1. распределительный щит
    2. распределительное устройство
    3. НКУ распределения и управления
    4. коммутационный щит
    5. коммутаторная панель
    6. коммутатор

     

    коммутатор
    Устройство, обеспечивающее посредством включения, отключения и переключения электрических цепей выбор требуемой выходной цепи и соединение с ней входной цепи
    [Терминологический словарь по строительству на 12 языках (ВНИИИС Госстроя СССР)]

    Тематики

    • аппарат, изделие, устройство...

    EN

    DE

    FR

     

    коммутаторная панель
    распределительный щит
    Устройство, конструктивно объединяющее несколько коммутационных элементов, предназначенных для включения, отключения и переключения электрических цепей и каналов связи в ручном режиме.
    [Л.М. Невдяев. Телекоммуникационные технологии. Англо-русский толковый словарь-справочник. Под редакцией Ю.М. Горностаева. Москва, 2002]

    Тематики

    • электросвязь, основные понятия

    Синонимы

    EN

     

    коммутационный щит
    —
    [Я.Н.Лугинский, М.С.Фези-Жилинская, Ю.С.Кабиров. Англо-русский словарь по электротехнике и электроэнергетике, Москва, 1999 г.]

    Тематики

    • электротехника, основные понятия

    EN

     

    низковольтное устройство распределения и управления (НКУ)
    Низковольтные коммутационные аппараты и устройства управления, измерения, сигнализации, защиты, регулирования, собранные совместно, со всеми внутренними электрическими и механическими соединениями и конструктивными элементами.
    [ ГОСТ Р МЭК 61439-1-2012]

    низковольтное устройство распределения и управления
    Комбинация низковольтных коммутационных аппаратов с устройствами управления, измерения, сигнализации, защиты, регулирования и т. п., полностью смонтированных изготовителем НКУ (под его ответственность на единой конструктивной основе) со всеми внутренними электрическими и механическими соединениями с соответствующими конструктивными элементами
    Примечания
    1. В настоящем стандарте сокращение НКУ используют для обозначения низковольтных комплектных устройств распределения и управления.
    2. Аппараты, входящие в состав НКУ, могут быть электромеханическими или электронными.
    3. По различным причинам, например по условиям транспортирования или изготовления, некоторые операции сборки могут быть выполнены на месте установки, вне предприятия-изготовителя.
    [ ГОСТ Р 51321. 1-2000 ( МЭК 60439-1-92)]

    EN

    power switchgear and controlgear assembly (PSC-assembly)
    low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assembly used to distribute and control energy for all types of loads, intended for industrial, commercial and similar applications where operation by ordinary persons is not intended
    [IEC 61439-2, ed. 1.0 (2009-01)]

    low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assembly
    combination of one or more low-voltage switching devices together with associated control, measuring, signalling, protective, regulation equipment, etc., completely assembled under the responsibility of the manufacturer with all the internal electrical and mechanical interconnections and structural parts.
    [IEC 61892-3, ed. 2.0 (2007-11)]

    switchgear and controlgear
    a general term covering switching devices and their combination with associated control, measuring, protective and regulating equipment, also assemblies of such devices and equipment with associated interconnections, accessories, enclosures and supporting structures
    [IEV number 441-11-01]

    switchgear and controlgear
    electric equipment intended to be connected to an electric circuit for the purpose of carrying out one or more of the following functions: protection, control, isolation, switching
    NOTE – The French and English terms can be considered as equivalent in most cases. However, the French term has a broader meaning than the English term and includes for example connecting devices, plugs and socket-outlets, etc. In English, these latter devices are known as accessories.
    [IEV number 826-16-03 ]

    switchboard
    A large single electric control panel, frame, or assembly of panels on which are mounted (either on the back or on the face, or both) switches, overcurrent and other protective devices, buses, and usually instruments; not intended for installation in a cabinet but may be completely enclosed in metal; usually is accessible from both the front and rear.
    [ McGraw-Hill Dictionary of Architecture & Construction]

    switchboard
    One or more panels accommodating control switches, indicators, and other apparatus for operating electric circuits
    [ The American Heritage Dictionary of the English Language]

    FR

    ensemble d'appareillage de puissance (ensemble PSC)
    ensemble d'appareillage à basse tension utilisé pour répartir et commander l'énergie pour tous les types de charges et prévu pour des applications industrielles, commerciales et analogues dans lesquelles l'exploitation par des personnes ordinaires n'est pas prévue
    [IEC 61439-2, ed. 1.0 (2009-01)]

    appareillage, m
    matériel électrique destiné à être relié à un circuit électrique en vue d'assurer une ou plusieurs des fonctions suivantes: protection, commande, sectionnement, connexion
    NOTE – Les termes français et anglais peuvent être considérés comme équivalents dans la plupart des cas. Toutefois, le terme français couvre un domaine plus étendu que le terme anglais, et comprend notamment les dispositifs de connexion, les prises de courant, etc. En anglais, ces derniers sont dénommés "accessories".
    [IEV number 826-16-03 ]

    appareillage
    terme général applicable aux appareils de connexion et à leur combinaison avec des appareils de commande, de mesure, de protection et de réglage qui leur sont associés, ainsi qu'aux ensembles de tels appareils avec les connexions, les accessoires, les enveloppes et les charpentes correspondantes
    [IEV number 441-11-01]


    A switchboard as defined in the National Electrical Code is a large single panel, frame, or assembly of panels on which are mounted, on the face or back or both switches, overcurrent and other protective devices, buses, and, usually, instruments.
    Switchboards are generally accessible from the rear as well as from the front and are not intended to be installed in cabinets.
    The types of switchboards, classified by basic features of construction, are as follows:
    1. Live-front vertical panels
    2. Dead-front boards
    3. Safety enclosed boards( metal-clad)

    [American electricians’ handbook]

    Параллельные тексты EN-RU

    The switchboard plays an essential role in the availability of electric power, while meeting the needs of personal and property safety.

    Its definition, design and installation are based on precise rules; there is no place for improvisation.

    The IEC 61439 standard aims to better define " low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies", ensuring that the specified performances are reached.

    It specifies in particular:

    > the responsibilities of each player, distinguishing those of the original equipment manufacturer - the organization that performed the original design and associated verification of an assembly in accordance with the standard, and of the assembly manufacturer - the organization taking responsibility for the finished assembly;

    > the design and verification rules, constituting a benchmark for product certification.

    All the component parts of the electrical switchboard are concerned by the IEC 61439 standard.

    Equipment produced in accordance with the requirements of this switchboard standard ensures the safety and reliability of the installation.

    A switchboard must comply with the requirements of standard IEC 61439-1 and 2 to guarantee the safety and reliability of the installation.

    Managers of installations, fully aware of the professional and legal liabilities weighing on their company and on themselves, demand a high level of safety for the electrical installation.

    What is more, the serious economic consequences of prolonged halts in production mean that the electrical switchboard must provide excellent continuity of service, whatever the operating conditions.
    [Schneider Electric]

    НКУ играет главную роль в обеспечении электроэнергией, удовлетворяя при этом всем требованиям по безопасности людей и сохранности имущества.

    Выбор конструкции, проектирование и монтаж основаны на чётких правилах, не допускающих никакой импровизации.

    Требования к низковольтным комплектным устройствам распределения и управления сформулированы в стандарте МЭК 61439 (ГОСТ Р 51321. 1-2000).

    В частности, он определяет:

    > распределение ответственности между изготовителем НКУ - организацией, разработавшей конструкцию НКУ и проверившей его на соответствие требованиям стандарта, и сборщиком – организацией, выполнившей сборку НКУ;

    > конструкцию, технические характеристики, виды и методы испытаний НКУ.

    В стандарте МЭК 61439 (ГОСТ Р 51321. 1-2000) описываются все компоненты НКУ.

    Оборудование, изготовленное в соответствии с требованиями этого стандарта, обеспечивает безопасность и надежность электроустановки.

    Для того чтобы гарантировать безопасность эксплуатации и надежность работы электроустановки, распределительный щит должен соответствовать требованиям стандарта МЭК 61439-1 и 2.

    Лица, ответственные за электроустановки, должны быть полностью осведомлены о профессиональной и юридической ответственности, возложенной на их компанию и на них лично, за обеспечение высокого уровня безопасности эксплуатации этих электроустановок.

    Кроме того, поскольку длительные перерывы производства приводят к серьезным экономическим последствиям, электрический распределительный щит должен обеспечивать надежную и бесперебойную работу независимо от условий эксплуатации.
    [Перевод Интент]

     

    LV switchgear assemblies are undoubtedly the components of the electric installation more subject to the direct intervention of personnel (operations, maintenance, etc.) and for this reason users demand from them higher and higher safety requirements.

    The compliance of an assembly with the state of the art and therefore, presumptively, with the relevant technical Standard, cannot be based only on the fact that the components which constitute it comply with the state of the art and therefore, at least presumptively, with the relevant technical standards.

    In other words, the whole assembly must be designed, built and tested in compliance with the state of the art.

    Since the assemblies under consideration are low voltage equipment, their rated voltage shall not exceed 1000 Va.c. or 1500 Vd.c. As regards currents, neither upper nor lower limits are provided in the application field of this Standard.

    The Standard IEC 60439-1 states the construction, safety and maintenance requirements for low voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies, without dealing with the functional aspects which remain a competence of the designer of the plant for which the assembly is intended.
    [ABB]

    Низковольтные комплектные устройства (НКУ), вне всякого сомнения, являются частями электроустановок, которые наиболее подвержены непосредственному вмешательству оперативного, обслуживающего и т. п. персонала. Вот почему требования потребителей к безопасности НКУ становятся все выше и выше.

    Соответствие НКУ современному положению дел и вследствие этого, гипотетически, соответствующим техническим стандартам, не может основываться только на том факте, что составляющие НКУ компоненты соответствуют современному состоянию дел и поэтому, по крайней мере, гипотетически, - соответствующим техническим стандартам

    Другими словами, НКУ должно быть разработано, изготовлено и испытано в соответствии с современными требованиями.

    Мы рассматриваем низковольтные комплектные устройства и это означает, что их номинальное напряжение не превышает 1000 В переменного тока или 1500 В постоянного тока. Что касается тока, то ни верхнее, ни нижнее значение стандартами, относящимися к данной области, не оговариваются

    Стандарт МЭК 60439-1 устанавливает требования к конструкции, безопасности и техническому обслуживанию низковольтных комплектных устройств без учета их функций, полагая, что функции НКУ являются компетенцией проектировщиков электроустановки, частью которых эти НКУ являются.
    [Перевод Интент]

    Тематики

    • НКУ (шкафы, пульты,...)

    Классификация

    >>>

    Действия

    Синонимы

    Сопутствующие термины

    EN

    DE

    • Schaltanlagen und/oder Schaltgeräte

    FR

     

    распределительное устройство
    Распределительным устройством (РУ) называется электроустановка, служащая для приема и распределения электроэнергии и содержащая сборные и соединительные шины, коммутационные аппараты, вспомогательные устройства (компрессорные, аккумуляторные и др.), а также устройства защиты, автоматики и измерительные приборы.
    [РД 34.20.185-94]

    распределительное устройство
    Электроустановка, предназначенная для приема и распределения электрической энергии на одном напряжении и содержащая коммутационные аппараты и соединяющие их сборные шины [секции шин], устройства управления и защиты.
    Примечание. К устройствам управления относятся аппараты и связывающие их элементы обеспечивающие контроль, измерение, сигнализацию и выполнение команд.
    [ ГОСТ 24291-90]
    [ ГОСТ Р 53685-2009]

    электрическое распределительное устройство
    распределительное устройство
    Устройство, предназначенное для приема и распределения электроэнергии на одном напряжении и содержащее коммутационные аппараты и соединяющие их сборные соединительные устройства.
    Примечание. В состав распределительного устройства дополнительно могут входить устройства защиты и управления
    [ОСТ 45.55-99]

    распределительное устройство
    Электроустановка, служащая для приема и распределения электроэнергии и содержащая коммутационные аппараты, сборные и соединительные шины, вспомогательные устройства (компрессорные, аккумуляторные и др.), а также устройства защиты, автоматики и измерительные приборы.
    [ПОТ Р М-016-2001]
    [РД 153-34.0-03.150-00]

    устройство распределительное
    Совокупность аппаратов и приборов для приёма и распределения электроэнергии одного напряжения, вырабатываемой электростанцией или преобразуемой подстанцией
    [Терминологический словарь по строительству на 12 языках (ВНИИИС Госстроя СССР)]

    EN

    switching substation
    a substation which includes switchgear and usually busbars, but no power transformers
    [IEV number 605-01-02]

    FR

    poste de sectionnement
    poste de coupure
    poste comprenant des organes de manoeuvre et généralement des jeux de barres, à l'exclusion de transformateurs de puissance
    [IEV number 605-01-02]

    В качестве РУ 6—10 кВ используется сборка высокого напряжения с однополюсными разъединителями и вертикальным расположением фаз одного присоединения и одна камера КСО с выключателем нагрузки и предохранителями для подключения трансформатора. Для РУ 0,4 кВ применяются сборки низкого напряжения с предохранителями и вертикальным расположением фаз одного присоединения.
    На ПС применяются открытые (ОРУ), закрытые (ЗРУ) или комплектные (КРУ) распределительные устройства.

    [ http://energy-ua.com/elektricheskie-p/klassifikatsiya.html]

    КЛАССИФИКАЦИЯ

    В общем случае ПС и РУ являются составной частью электроустановок, которые различаются:

    • по назначению:
      • генерирующие,
      • преобразовательно-распределительные,
      • потребительские.

        Генерирующие электроустановки служат для выработки электроэнергии, преобразовательно-распределительные электроустановки преобразуют электроэнергию в удобный для передачи и потребления вид, передают ее и распределяют между потребителями;

     Шкала номинальных напряжений ограничена сравнительно небольшим числом стандартных значений, благодаря чему изготавливается небольшое число типоразмеров машин и оборудования, а электросети выполняются более экономичными. В установках трехфазного тока номинальным напряжением принято считать напряжение между фазами (междуфазовое напряжение). Согласно ГОСТ 29322—92 установлена следующая шкала номинальных напряжений:

    для электросетей переменного тока частотой 50 Гц междуфазовое напряжение должно быть: 12, 24, 36, 42, 127, 220, 380 В; 3, 6, 10, 20, 35, 110, 150, 220, 330, 500, 750 и 1150 кВ;
    для электросетей постоянного тока: 12, 24, 36, 48, 60, 110, 220, 440, 660, 825, 3000 В и выше.

    Тупиковые ПС получают питание по одной или двум тупиковым ВЛ.

    Ответвительные ПС присоединяются ответвлением к одной или двум проходящим ВЛ с односторонним или двухсторонним питанием.

    Проходные ПС включаются в рассечку одной или двух проходящих ВЛ с односторонним или двухсторонним питанием.

    Узловые ПС кроме питающих имеют отходящие радиальные или транзитные ВЛ.

    • по способу управления ПС могут быть:
      • только с телесигнализацией,
      • телеуправляемыми с телесигнализацией,
      • с телесигнализацией и управлением с общеподстанционного пункта управления (ОПУ).


    Подстанции оперативно обслуживаются постоянным дежурным персоналом на щите управления, дежурными на дому или оперативно-выездными бригадами (ОВБ). Ремонт ПС осуществляется специализированными выездными бригадами централизованного ремонта или местным персоналом подстанции.

    В РУ напряжением до 1000 В провода, шины, аппараты, приборы и конструкции выбирают как по нормальным условиям работы (напряжению и току), так и по термическим и динамическим воздействиям токов коротких замыканий (КЗ) или предельно допустимой отключаемой мощности.

    В РУ и ПС напряжением выше 1000 В расстояния между электрооборудованием, аппаратами, токоведущими частями, изоляторами, ограждениями и конструкциями устанавливаются так, чтобы при нормальном режиме работы электроустановки возникающие физические явления (температура нагрева, электрическая дуга, выброс газов, искрение и др.) не могли привести к повреждению оборудования и КЗ.

    [ http://energy-ua.com/elektricheskie-p/klassifikatsiya.html]
     


    Several different classifications of switchgear can be made:

    A single line-up may incorporate several different types of devices, for example, air-insulated bus, vacuum circuit breakers, and manually operated switches may all exist in the same row of cubicles.

    Ratings, design, specifications and details of switchgear are set by a multitude of standards. In North America mostly IEEE and ANSI standards are used, much of the rest of the world uses IEC standards, sometimes with local national derivatives or variations.

    [Robert W. Smeaton (ed) Switchgear and Control Handbook 3rd Ed., Mc Graw Hill, new York 1997]
    [ http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/High_voltage_switchgear]

    Тематики

    Синонимы

    EN

    DE

    FR

     

    распределительный щит
    Комплектное устройство, содержащее различную коммутационную аппаратуру, соединенное с одной или более отходящими электрическими цепями, питающееся от одной или более входящих цепей, вместе с зажимами для присоединения нейтральных и защитных проводников.
    [ ГОСТ Р МЭК 60050-826-2009]

    щит распределительный
    Электротехническое устройство, объединяющее коммутационную, регулирующую и защитную аппаратуру, а также контрольно-измерительные и сигнальные приборы
    [Терминологический словарь по строительству на 12 языках (ВНИИИС Госстроя СССР)]

    распределительный щит
    —
    [А.С.Гольдберг. Англо-русский энергетический словарь. 2006 г.]

    EN

    distribution board
    assembly containing different types of switchgear and controlgear associated with one or more outgoing electric circuits fed from one or more incoming electric circuits, together with terminals for the neutral and protective conductors.
    [IEV number 826-16-08]

    FR

    tableau de répartition, m
    ensemble comportant différents types d'appareillage associés à un ou plusieurs circuits électriques de départ alimentés par un ou plusieurs circuits électriques d'arrivée, ainsi que des bornes pour les conducteurs neutre et de protection.
    [IEV number 826-16-08]

    Параллельные тексты EN-RU

    Distribution switchboards, including the Main LV Switchboard (MLVS), are critical to the dependability of an electrical installation. They must comply with well-defined standards governing the design and construction of LV switchgear assemblies

    A distribution switchboard is the point at which an incoming-power supply divides into separate circuits, each of which is controlled and protected by the fuses or switchgear of the switchboard. A distribution switchboard is divided into a number of functional units, each comprising all the electrical and mechanical elements that contribute to the fulfilment of a given function. It represents a key link in the dependability chain.

    Consequently, the type of distribution switchboard must be perfectly adapted to its application. Its design and construction must comply with applicable standards and working practises.
    [Schneider Electric]

    Распределительные щиты, включая главный распределительный щит низкого напряжения (ГРЩ), играют решающую роль в обеспечении надежности электроустановки. Они должны отвечать требованиям соответствующих стандартов, определяющих конструкцию и порядок изготовления НКУ распределения электроэнергии.

    В распределительном щите выполняется прием электроэнергии и ее распределение по отдельным цепям, каждая из которых контролируется и защищается плавкими предохранителями или автоматическими выключателями.
    Распределительный щит состоит из функциональных блоков, включающих в себя все электрические и механические элементы, необходимые для выполнения требуемой функции. Распределительный щит представляет собой ключевое звено в цепи обеспечения надежности.

    Тип распределительного щита должен соответствовать области применения. Конструкция и изготовление распределительного щита должны удовлетворять требованиям применимых стандартов и учитывать накопленную практику применения.
    [Перевод Интент]

     

    5654

    Рис. Schneider Electric

    With Prisma Plus G you can be sure to build 100% Schneider Electric switchboards that are safe, optimised:

    > All components (switchgear, distribution blocks, prefabricated connections, etc.) are perfectly rated and coordinated to work together;

    > All switchboard configurations, even the most demanding ones, have been tested.

    You can prove that your switchboard meets the current standards, at any time.
    You can be sure to build a reliable electrical installation and give your customers full satisfaction in terms of dependability and safety for people and the installation.

    Prisma Plus G with its discreet design, blends harmoniously into all tertiary and industrial buildings, including in entrance halls and passageways.

    With Prisma Plus G you can build just the right switchboard for your customer, sized precisely to fit costs and needs.

    With this complete, prefabricated and tested system, it's easy to upgrade your installation and still maintain the performance levels.

    > The wall-mounted and floor-standing enclosures combine easily with switchboards already in service.

    > Devices can be replaced or added at any time.
    [Schneider Electric]

    С помощью оболочек Prisma Plus G можно создавать безопасные распределительные щиты, на 100 % состоящие из изделий Schneider Electric:

    > все изделия (коммутационная аппаратура, распределительные блоки, готовые заводские соединения и т. д.) полностью совместимы механически и электрически;

    > все варианты компоновки распределительных щитов, в том числе для наиболее ответственных применений, прошли испытания.

    В любое время вы можете доказать, что ваши распределительные щиты полностью соответствуют требованиям действующих стандартов.

    Вы можете быть полностью уверены в том, что создаете надежные электроустановки, удовлетворяющие всем требованиям безопасности для людей и оборудования

    Благодаря строгому дизайну, распределительные щиты Prisma Plus G гармонично сочетаются с интерьером любого общественного или промышленного здания. Они хорошо смотрятся и в вестибюле, и в коридоре.

    Применяя оболочки Prisma Plus G можно создавать распределительные щиты, точно соответствующие требованиям заказчика как с точки зрения технических характеристик, так и стоимости.

    С помощью данной испытанной системы, содержащей все необходимые компоненты заводского изготовления можно легко модернизировать существующую электроустановку и поддерживать её уровни производительности.

    > Навесные и напольные оболочки можно легко присоединить к уже эксплуатируемым распределительным щитам.

    > Аппаратуру можно заменять или добавлять в любое время.
    [Перевод Интент]

     

    The switchboard, central to the electrical installation.

    Both the point of arrival of energy and a device for distribution to the site applications, the LV switchboard is the intelligence of the system, central to the electrical installation.
    [Schneider Electric]

    Распределительный щит – «сердце» электроустановки.
    Низковольтное комплектное устройство распределения является «сердцем» электроустановки, поскольку именно оно принимает электроэнергию из сети и распределяет её по территориально распределенным нагрузкам.
    [Перевод Интент]

    Тематики

    EN

    DE

    FR

    Англо-русский словарь нормативно-технической терминологии > switchboard

  • 118 all

    ɔ:l I прил.
    1) весь, вся, все, целый all her life ≈ вся ее жизнь He lived here all his life. ≈ Он прожил здесь всю свою жизнь. all the time ≈ все время all (the) day ≈ весь/целый день all the year round ≈ круглый год all the world ≈ весь мир
    2) всякий, всевозможный;
    любой beyond all doubt ≈ вне всякого сомнения in all directions ≈ во всех направлениях all manner of ≈ всякого рода in all aspects ≈ во всех отношениях at all events ≈ в любом случае, при всех обстоятельствах at all hours ≈ в любое время
    3) весь, наибольший;
    максимально возможный with all respect ≈ с полным( со всем) уважением with all speed ≈ с предельной скоростью in all haste ≈ со всей поспешностью I wish you all happiness. ≈ Я желаю вам самого большого счастья.
    4) (эмоц.-усил.) весь He was all ears. ≈ Он весь обратился в слух. I am all attention. ≈ Я весь внимание.
    5) амер. (за) кончившийся, истекший The pie is all. ≈ Весь пирог съеден. II нареч.
    1) всецело, полностью, целиком The pin was all gold. ≈ Булавка была целиком из золота. Things are all wrong. ≈ Все идет не так. I am all for staying here. ≈ Я целиком за то, чтобы остаться здесь. She is her mother all over. ≈ Она вылитая мать. all set ≈ готовый к действию, в полной готовности
    2) совершенно, совсем all to pieces ≈ в полном упадке сил (физических и моральных) He arrived all too late. ≈ Он пришел совсем поздно. all at once ≈ вдруг, внезапно all for nothing ≈ зря, напрасно not at all
    3) только, ничего кроме, исключительно He spent his income all on pleasure. ≈ Он тратил деньги только на развлечения. III мест.
    1) все All agree. ≈ Все согласны. We all love him. ≈ Мы все его любим. all men ≈ все (люди) all things ≈ все, все вещи all countries ≈ все страны at all times ≈ во все времена, всегда a film suitable for all ages ≈ фильм, который могут смотреть все (взрослые и дети)
    2) все All is lost. ≈ Все пропало. I know it all. ≈ Я все это знаю. All in good time. ≈ Все в свое время. ∙ all of most of all best of all one and all nothing at all and all all in all take for all in all for all IV сущ.
    1) (часто All) вселенная, мир Syn: the Universe
    2) все, что есть у кого-л. (имущество, способности, силы и т. п.;
    обыкн. с притяжательным местоимением) He gave his all for the cause. ≈ Он для дела отдал все. Whatever it was, it was their all. ≈ Что бы это ни было, это все, что у них было. ∙ that's all there is to it ≈ вот и все;
    не о чем больше говорить once for all ≈ навсегда all one to ≈ (совершенно) безразлично it is all over with him ≈ он человек конченый he is not quite all there ≈ он не в своем уме;
    у него не все дома all and sundry ≈ каждый и всякий;
    все вместе и каждый в отдельности
    all: (часто А.) все сущее;
    мир, вселенная - this above * это превыше всего самое дорогое или ценное для кого-л - * to give one's * отдать самое дорогое на свете - * to stake one's * in this struggle поставить на карту все в этой борьбе весь, целый, вся, все - * his life вся его жизнь - he lives here * his life он прожил здесь всю свою жизнь - * the time все время - * (the) day весь день - he sat up * night он не ложился (спать) всю ночь;
    он вообще не ложился - * the year round круглый год - * England вся Англия - * the company вся компания все - * men все (люди) - * things все, все вещи - * countries все страны - at * times во все времена, всегда - a film suitable for * ages фильм, который могут смотреть взрослые и дети - * man are not equally dependable не на всех людей можно в равной степени полагаться всякий, всевозможный;
    любой - in * directions во всех направлениях - * manner of... всякого рода... - * manner of men всякие люди - in * respects во всех отношениях - at * events во всяком случае, при всех обстоятельствах - at * hours в любое время весь, наибольший, предельный;
    максимально возможный - with * respect с полным уважением - with * speed с предельной скоростью - in * haste со всей поспешностью - he spoke in * earnestness он говорил со всей серьезностью - I wish you * happiness я желаю вам самого большого счастья какой-нибудь, какой бы то ни было - beyond * doubt вне всякого сомнения - he denied * responsibility он сказал. что он ни за что не отвечает (эмоционально-усилительно) весь - he was * ears он весь обратился в слух - he was * eyes он смотрел во все глаза - I am * attention я весь внимание - she is * gratitude она сама благодарность - he was * smiles он весь расплылся в улыбке - a face * pimples не лицо, а одни прыщи (американизм) (диалектизм) закончившийся, истекший;
    был да сплыл - the pie is * весь пирог съеден;
    пирог кончился - the butter is * масло кончилось, масла больше нет > * things require skill but an appetite (пословица) аппетит дается от рождения > of * people кто-кто, но не вы (выражение удивления чьим-л поступком, кем-л) > of * people he should be the last to complain не ему бы жаловаться!;
    у него меньше всех оснований для жалоб > why ask me to help, of * people? с какой стати вы обращаетесь за помощью именно ко мне? > of * idiots! свет таких дураков не видел! всецело, целиком, полностью - * set готовый к действию, в полной готовности - the pin is * gold булавка вя из золота - * covered with mud весь забрызганный грязью - that's * wrong это совсем не так, это неверно - things are * wrong все идет не так, все пошло прахом - I am * for staying here я целиком за то, чтобы остаться здесь - my wife is * for calling in a doctor моя жена обязательно хочет позвать врача совсем. совершенно - he was * alone он был совершенно один - he did it * alone он сделал это без посторонней помощи - he arrived * too late он пришел совсем поздно только, ничего кроме, исключительно - he spent his income * on pleasure он тратил (свои) деньги только на развлечения - * words and no thoughts сплошные слова и никаких (своих) мыслей (спортивное) (жаргон) поровну, ровно( о счете) - the score was two * счет был по два - love * по нулю,0:0 в сочетаниях: - * along( разговорное) все время, всегда - I knew it * along я всегда это знал;
    мне это было давно известно - * round, * around кругом, со всех сторон;
    - * through все целиком, до конца - to read a book * through прочитать книгу от корки до корки;
    - riding * through the night ехал всю ночь напролет - * at once вдруг, сразу, внезапно;
    одновременно - has he made up his mind * at once? он что же, вдруг так сразу и решил? - * of a sudden вдруг, неожиданно - * the better тем лучше - * the more тем более;
    тем больше оснований (сделать, сказать что-л) - * the same безразлично, все равно;
    все-таки, тем не менее - it's * the same to me whether he comes or not мне все равно, придет он или нет - if it is * the same to you если вы не возражаете;
    если это вам безразлично - * the same I wish you hadn't done it и все же мне жаль, что вы это сделали - * one все равно, безразлично - it's * one to me мне это безразлично > * there зоркий, бдительный, всегда начеку > not * there придурковатый, глуповатый;
    чокнутый, "с приветом" > he is not quite * there у него не все дома > * over покончено, закончено, завершено > their troubles are * over все их неприятности позади > it is * over with him с ним все кончено;
    с ним покончено;
    для него все кончено, он погиб > the game is * over игра окончена > * up (полиграфия) (полностью) набранный;
    безнадежный, пропащий > it's * up with him - they've caught him теперь ему крышка - они схватили его > * of a dither в состоянии растерянности и недоумения все - * agree все согласны - * are present все присутствуют - we * love him мы все его любим - they * came late все они опоздали все - * is lost все пропало;
    - is that * you want to say? это все, что вы хотите сказать? - I know it * я все это знаю - * in good time все в свое время - in the middle of it * в середине всего этого( разговора, события) в сочетаниях: - * of все;
    все - of them must come они все должны прийти - * of it все (целиком) - * of this is beside the point все это к делу не относится - it cost him * of 1000 dollars это ему стоило по меньшей мере 1000 долларов - most of * больше всего - I love him most of * я люблю его больше всего - best of * лучше всего;
    больше всего (the) best of * would be to... лучше всего было бы... - I love him best of * я люблю его больше всех - when I was busiest of * когда я был больше всего занят - one and *, each and * все до одного - * and sundry, one and * все без исключения, все подряд, все до одного > not at * ничуть;
    пожалуйста, не стоит благодарности (в ответ на "спасибо") > not at * good нисколько не хорош > nothing at * совсем ничего;
    ерунда > and * и все остальное;
    и так далее, и все такое прочее, и тому подобное > he bought the house and * он купил дом и все, что в нем было > I wash and scrub and dust and * я стираю, мою полы, вытираю пыль и так далее > in * всего > there were only ten men in * их было всего десять( человек) > * in * в итоге, всего;
    в общем;
    самое дорогое;
    самое важное;
    полностью, целиком > * in *, the article undergoes 20 inspections в итоге каждое изделие проверяется 20 раз > take it * in *, this has been a hard week в общем и целом неделя была трудная > * in *, he is right в общем он прав > * in *, it might be worse в общем, дело могло обернуться хуже > her work was * in * to her работа была для нее всем > they are * in * to each other они души друг в друге не чают > and trust me not at all or * in * и либо вовсе мне не верь, либо доверяй полностью > take smb., smth for * in * в полном смысле > he is a man, take him for * in * он настоящий мужчина > * to pieces в полном упадке сил (физических и моральных) > for * хотя > for * he is so silent nothing escapes him хоть он и молчит, ничего не ускользает от его внимания > * for nothing зря, напрасно > for * I care мне это безразлично > he may be dead for * I care мне совершенно все равно, жив он или нет > for * he may say... что бы он ни говорил... > at * вообще;
    хоть сколько-нибудь > if he comes at * если он вообще придет > if he coughs at * she runs to him стоит ему только кашлянуть, она бежит к нему > if you hesitate at * если вы хоть сколько-нибудь колеблетесь > without at * presuming to criticize you... отнюдь не желая критиковать вас... > not to know what * и так далее, и прочее > she must have a new hat, new shoes, and I don't know what * ей нужна новая шляпа, новые туфли и всякое такое > if at * если и есть, то очень мало;
    если это случится > he will write to you tomorrow if at * он вам напишет завтра, если вообще будет писать > he will be here in time if at * если он придет, то (придет) вовремя > * to the good все к лучшему > * told с учетом всего;
    в общем и целом > there were six people * told в конечном счете их оказалось шестеро > * very well but... это все прекрасно, но... (выражает сомнение) > she says he's reliable which is * very well, but it doesn't convince me она говорит, что он человек надежный, но меня это не очень убеждает > it's * wery well for you to say so, but... вам легко так говорить, но...
    all: ~ one to (совершенно) безразлично ~ pron. indef. (как прил.) весь, вся, все, все;
    all day весь день;
    all the time все время ~ как сущ. все имущество;
    they lost their all in the fire при пожаре погибло все их имущество ~ как сущ. все, все;
    all agree все согласны ~ как нареч. всецело, вполне;
    совершенно;
    the pin was all gold булавка была целиком из золота ~ pron. indef. (как прил.) всякий, всевозможный;
    in all respects во всех отношениях;
    beyond all doubt вне всякого сомнения ~ как сущ. целое
    ~ как сущ. все, все;
    all agree все согласны
    ~ alone без всякой помощи, самостоятельно ~ alone в полном одиночестве
    ~ round = allround;
    all along все время
    ~ and sundry все вместе и каждый в отдельности ~ and sundry каждый и всякий
    ~ around кругом, со всех сторон ~ round = all around
    ~ at once вдруг, внезапно once: all at ~ неожиданно
    ~ but почти, едва не but: ~ только, лишь;
    I saw him but a moment я видел его лишь мельком;
    she is but nine years old ей только девять лет;
    but just только что;
    all but почти;
    едва не
    ~ pron. indef. (как прил.) весь, вся, все, все;
    all day весь день;
    all the time все время day: day день;
    сутки;
    on that day в тот день;
    all (the) day весь день
    all: ~ one to (совершенно) безразлично
    ~ over повсюду, кругом;
    all over the world по всему свету ~ over совершенно, полностью
    ~ over повсюду, кругом;
    all over the world по всему свету
    ~ round = allround;
    all along все время ~ round = all around round: all (или right) ~ кругом;
    all the year round круглый год;
    a long way round кружным путем
    ~ the more so тем более more: neither ~ nor less than ни больше, ни меньше как;
    не что иное, как;
    all the more so тем более
    ~ pron. indef. (как прил.) весь, вся, все, все;
    all day весь день;
    all the time все время
    ~ told все без исключения tell: ~ уст. считать;
    подсчитывать;
    пересчитывать;
    to tell one's beads читать молитвы, перебирая четки;
    all told в общей сложности, в общем;
    включая всех или все
    ~ round = allround;
    all along все время
    at ~ вообще, совсем;
    this plant will only grow in summer if at all это растение, если и вырастет, то только летом
    ~ pron. indef. (как прил.) всякий, всевозможный;
    in all respects во всех отношениях;
    beyond all doubt вне всякого сомнения
    in ~ полностью, всего;
    a dozen in all всего дюжина
    he is not quite ~ there он не в своем уме;
    у него не все дома
    in ~ полностью, всего;
    a dozen in all всего дюжина
    ~ pron. indef. (как прил.) всякий, всевозможный;
    in all respects во всех отношениях;
    beyond all doubt вне всякого сомнения respect: in all ~s во всех отношениях;
    in respect that учитывая, принимая во внимание
    it is ~ over with him он человек конченый
    once for ~ навсегда once: ~ every day раз в день;
    once (and) for all раз (и) навсегда
    ~ как нареч. всецело, вполне;
    совершенно;
    the pin was all gold булавка была целиком из золота
    she is her mother ~ over она вылитая мать
    that's ~ there is to it вот и все;
    не о чем больше говорить that: ~'s it! вот именно!, правильно!;
    that's all there is to it ну, вот и все;
    this and that разные
    ~ как сущ. все имущество;
    they lost their all in the fire при пожаре погибло все их имущество
    at ~ вообще, совсем;
    this plant will only grow in summer if at all это растение, если и вырастет, то только летом

    Большой англо-русский и русско-английский словарь > all

  • 119 care

    1 მზრუნველობა, ზრუნვა, საზრუნავი, მოვლა, მეთვალყურეობა
    I’ll take care of that ამაზე მე ვიზრუნებ
    the library is in his care ბიბლიოთეკის გამგეა // ბიბლიოთეკა აბარია
    2 გულმოდგინება
    3 სიფრთხილე
    4 სურვილი (სურს)
    5 ინტერესი (აინტერესებს)
    I don't care what he says სულაც არ მაინტერესებს რას იტყვის /ამბობს
    I couldn't care less სულ არ მაღელვებს / არ მაინტერესებს / არ მენაღვლება
    6 სიყვარული (უყვარს)
    7 მოვლა (მოუვლის)
    to take care გაფრთხილება (გაფრთხილდება, ფრთხილად იქნება)
    I don't care / give a hang ფეხებზე მკიდია
    this matter needs to be handled with care ამ საქმეს ფაქიზი მიდგომა სჭირდება
    she is weighing down with cares/age საზრუნავით/ასაკით მხარდამძიმებულია
    she confided the child to his mother’s care მან ბავშვი დედამისს ჩააბარა
    I don't care a damn! სულ არ მაინტერესებს! / არ მენაღვლება! // ფეხებზე მკიდია!
    for all I care he may be offended სულაც არ მაწუხებს, ეწყინება თუ არა

    English-Georgian dictionary > care

  • 120 m|ały

    Ⅰ adj. grad. 1. (nieduży) [domek, ogród, pokój, samochód,] small, little; [mieszkanie, rozmiar, część] small
    - ta koszula jest na mnie za mała this shirt is too small for me
    2. (o ilości) [kwota, dawka, procent] small
    - gazeta wychodzi w małym nakładzie the paper has a small circulation
    - wybór książek w bibliotece był bardzo mały there was a very limited choice of books in the library
    - z małymi wyjątkami with few exceptions
    3. (w niewielkiej skali) [prośba, różnica] small; [znaczenie] little; [problem, błąd] small, minor; [wypadek] slight, minor; [prawdopodobieństwo] low, small
    - mam mały problem I’ve got a bit of a problem
    - to dla mnie mała pociecha it’s little comfort a. consolation to me
    - miałem małe szanse na wygraną I had little chance of winning
    4. (młody) small, little
    - małe lwiątko a lion cub
    - miała dwójkę małych dzieci she had two small children
    - był za mały, żeby oglądać takie filmy he was too young to watch such films
    - kiedy byłem mały when I was little a. a child
    5. (niski) [osoba] short, small
    - był małego wzrostu he was short (in a. of stature)
    - był mały jak na swój wiek he was small for his age
    6. (nikczemny) pejor. mean 7. (przeciętny, pospolity) small 8. (krótki) [przejażdżka, wycieczka] short, little
    - chodźmy na mały spacer let’s go for a little a. short walk
    9. (z określeniem czasu) just under, a little less than
    - mała godzinka just under a. not quite an hour
    - poczekaj małą chwilkę wait a little a. short while
    Ⅱ mały m, mała f 1. (niedorosły) [dziecko] baby, child; [zwierzę] young, offspring
    - odebrać małego ze szkoły to collect the kid from school
    - kotka z małymi the cat and her kittens
    - niedźwiedzica z małymi the bear and her cubs, a bear with young
    - od małego from an early age
    - znam ją od małego I’ve known her since childhood a. since she was a child
    - od małego lubiła czytać she enjoyed reading from a very early age
    2. pieszcz. kid, son
    - posłuchaj, mały! listen, kid!
    3. obraźl. kiddo pot.; bub US obraźl. Ⅲ mniejsza part. mniejsza z tym it doesn’t matter, never mind
    - mniejsza o to, kto będzie prowadził it’s of no consequence who will drive
    - mniejsza o to, co myślisz – chodzi o zasady what you think is neither here nor there – what matters are the principles
    - mniejsza o koszty! hang a. blow the expense!
    - mniejsza o pieniądze, ważniejsze jest zdrowie never mind the money, health matters more
    ■ poprzestać na małym, obchodzić się małym to be content a. satisfied with little
    - potrafi zadowolić się małym he can make do with very little
    - nie poprzestaje na małym, ciągle pnie się w górę he won’t be easily satisfied and keeps climbing higher up the ladder
    - o mały włos a. figiel pot. almost, (very) nearly
    - o mały włos nie został przejechany he almost got run over, he was (very) nearly run over
    - o mały włos nie umarła she almost died, she came within an inch of (losing) her life
    - o mały figiel, a przegralibyśmy we almost lost the game

    The New English-Polish, Polish-English Kościuszko foundation dictionary > m|ały

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • neither more nor less — index coequal Burton s Legal Thesaurus. William C. Burton. 2006 …   Law dictionary

  • neither more nor less — exactly, perfect, just right …   English contemporary dictionary

  • Neither Here Nor There (Fringe) — Neither Here Nor There Fringe episode The new amber tinted title sequence, featuring new terms such as Viral therapy , Philosopher s …   Wikipedia

  • more — [[t]mɔ͟ː(r)[/t]] ♦ (More is often considered to be the comparative form of and many.) 1) DET: DET pl n/n uncount You use more to indicate that there is a greater amount of something than before or than average, or than something else. You can use …   English dictionary

  • neither — /nee dheuhr, nuy /, conj. 1. not either, as of persons or things specified (usually fol. by nor): Neither John nor Betty is at home. 2. nor; nor yet; no more: Bob can t go, and neither can I. If she doesn t want it, neither do I. adj. 3. not… …   Universalium

  • more — more1 W1S1 [mo: US mo:r] adv 1.) [used before an adjective or adverb to form the comparative] having a particular quality to a greater degree ≠ ↑less ▪ You ll have to be more careful next time. ▪ Can t it be done more quickly? much/a lot/far more …   Dictionary of contemporary English

  • neither — nei•ther [[t]ˈni ðər, ˈnaɪ [/t]] conj. 1) fun not either, as of persons or things specified (usu. fol. by nor): Neither John nor Betty is at home[/ex] 2) fun nor; nor yet; no more: Bob can t go; neither can I[/ex] 3) fun not either; not the one… …   From formal English to slang

  • More danico — The phrase more danico[1] is a Mediaeval Latin legalistic expression which may be translated as in the Danish manner or by Norse customary law . It designates a type of traditional Germanic marriage practiced in northern Europe during the Middle… …   Wikipedia

  • Not One Less — Not One Less …   Wikipedia

  • OATH MORE JUDAICO or JURAMENTUM JUDAEORUM — OATH MORE JUDAICO or JURAMENTUM JUDAEORUM, the form of oath which Jews in the Middle Ages were compelled to take in lawsuits with non Jews. Both the text of the oath and the symbolic ritual involved in taking it were intended to give it the… …   Encyclopedia of Judaism

  • mephitic — Neither more nor less than what common folks refer to as stinking …   Ballentine's law dictionary

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»